Donate
 
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
62 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
āmreḍitamNeuterSingulardvistriruktamrepettition
āmukta2.8.66MasculineSingularpratimukta, pinaddhaḥ, apinaddhaḥ
bhakṣitaḥMasculineSingularglastam, annam, khāditam, liptam, bhuktam, grastam, abhyavahṛtam, gilitam, carvitam, aśitam, jagdham, psātam, pratyasitam
bhūtakeśaḥ2.9.112MasculineSingularraktacandanam
cirivilvaḥ2.2.47MasculineSingularnaktamālaḥ, karajaḥ, karañjakaḥ
digdhaḥ2.8.90MasculineSingular‍viṣākta, liptakaḥ
doṣā2.4.6MasculineSingularnaktam
elāparṇīFeminineSingularyuktarasā, suvahā, rāsnā
gauraḥ3.3.197MasculineSingularvyāsakta, ākulaḥ
hallakam1.10.36NeuterSingularraktasandhyakamred lotus
jihmaḥ3.3.149MasculineSingularyuktam, śaktam, hitam
kaladhautam3.3.83NeuterSingularyuktam, kṣmādiḥ, ṛtam, prāṇī, atītaḥ
kalaṅkaḥ3.3.4MasculineSingulartucchadhānyam, saṅkṣepaḥ, bhaktam, sikthakam
karambhaḥ2.9.48MasculineSingulardadhisaktavaḥ
karpaṭaḥ2.6.116MasculineSingularnaktakaḥ
kirātatiktaMasculineSingularbhūnimbaḥ, anāryatikta
kṣatriyaḥ2.8.1MasculineSingularvirāṭ, mūrddhābhiṣikta, rājanyaḥ, bāhujaḥ
kulakamNeuterSingularpaṭolaḥ, tiktakaḥ, paṭuḥ
kuṅkumam2.6.124NeuterSingularlohitacandanam, saṅkocam, bāhlīkam, kāśmīrājanma, dhīram, raktam, varam, piśunam, pītanam, agniśikham
lākṣā2.6.126FeminineSingularrākṣā, jatu, yāvaḥ, alakta, drumāmayaḥ
lalāmam3.3.151NeuterSingularjīrṇam, paribhuktam
nāḍī3.3.49FeminineSingularsthūlaḥ, pragāḍham, śakta
nirmuktaMasculineSingularmuktakañcukaḥa snake that has cast his slough
nyāyyam2.8.24MasculineSingularyuktam, aupayikam, labhyam, bhajamānam, abhinītam
odanam2.9.49MasculineSingulardīdiviḥ, ‍bhissā, ‍bhaktam, andhaḥ, annam
phelā2.9.57FeminineSingular‍bhuktasamujjhitam
rajatam3.3.86MasculineSingularyukta, atisaṃskṛtaḥ, marṣī
rohitaḥMasculineSingularlohitaḥ, raktared
rudhiram2.6.64NeuterSingularkṣatajam, śoṇitam, asṛk, lohitam, asram, raktam
sopaplavaḥ1.4.10MasculineSingularuparaktaeclipsed sun or moon
spaṣṭam3.1.80MasculineSingularpravyaktam, ulbaṇam, sphuṭam
śūnyam3.1.57MasculineSingularvaśikam, tuccham, riktakam
tatparaḥ3.1.7MasculineSingularprasitaḥ, āsakta
tilaparṇī1.2.133FeminineSingularrañjanam, raktacandanam, kucandanam, patrāṅgam
tiniśaḥ2.4.26MasculineSingularnemiḥ, rathadruḥ, atimuktakaḥ, vañjulaḥ, citrakṛt, syandanaḥ
tuṇḍikerīFeminineSingularraktaphalā, bimbikā, pīluparṇī
uddhṛtaḥ3.1.89MasculineSingularsamudakta
utsukaḥ3.1.7MasculineSingulariṣṭārthodyukta
varaṇaḥMasculineSingularsetuḥ, tiktaśākaḥ, kumārakaḥ, varuṇaḥ
vijanaḥ2.8.21MasculineSingularrahaḥ, upāṃśu, vivikta, channaḥ, niḥśalākaḥ
vivikta3.3.89MasculineSingularpūjitaḥ, arātiḥ, abhiyukta, agrataḥkṛtaḥ
vyasanārtaḥ3.1.42MasculineSingularuparakta
tiktaMasculineSingularpunget
nirmuktaMasculineSingularmuktakañcukaḥa snake that has cast his slough
rakta1.10.22FeminineSingularjalaukasaḥ, jalaukāa leech
atimuktaMasculineSingularpuṇḍrakaḥ, vāsantī, mādhavīlatā
raktakaḥMasculineSingularbandhūkaḥ, bandhujīvakaḥ
kirātatiktaMasculineSingularbhūnimbaḥ, anāryatikta
abhinirmukta2.7.58MasculineSingular
āmukta2.8.66MasculineSingularpratimukta, pinaddhaḥ, apinaddhaḥ
nirṇiktam3.1.55-56MasculineSingularanavaskaram, śodhitam, mṛṣṭam, niḥśodhyam
saṃsakta3.1.67MasculineSingularavyavahitam, apaṭāntaram
atirikta3.1.74MasculineSingularsamadhikaḥ
tyaktam3.1.108MasculineSingularvidhutam, samujjhitam, dhūtam, utsṛṣṭam, hīnam
uktam3.1.108MasculineSingularuditam, jalpitam, ākhyātam, abhihitam, lapitam, bhāṣitam
mūrdhābhiṣikta3.3.68MasculineSingularprājñaḥ
avyakta3.3.68MasculineSingularprakaraṇam, prakāraḥ, kārtsnyam, vārtā
vyakta3.3.69MasculineSingularyamaḥ, siddhāntaḥ, daivam, akuśalakarma
raktam3.3.86MasculineSingularanavadhiḥ
vivikta3.3.89MasculineSingularpūjitaḥ, arātiḥ, abhiyukta, agrataḥkṛtaḥ
śukta3.3.89MasculineSingularjātaḥ, utpannaḥ, pravṛddhaḥ
uktam3.5.30NeuterSingular
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
536 results for kta
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
abhaujiṣyan. "not the state of a servant", independence (see a-bhujiṣya- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order a-bhukta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinimlupta equals abhi-ni-mrukta- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinirmuktafor abhi-ni-mrukta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiṣiktamfn. anointed, installed, enthroned (see mūrdhābhiṣikta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiṣyandam. great increase or enlargement (Cf. pittābhiṣyanda-, raktābh-, vātābh-, śleṣmābh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisyandam. great increase or enlargement (Cf. pittābhiṣyanda-, raktābh-, vātābh-, śleṣmābh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivac(equals abhy-anu-vac-),"to declare or utter a verse with reference to", only perf. Pass. p. abhy-ukta- q.v ; to say to (accusative), tell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivij(Aorist subjunctive A1. -vikta-) to tip over (a vessel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanūktamfn. stated or uttered with reference to (accusative) (see abhyukta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhosrapittan. equals adhorakta-pitta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādim. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' beginning with, et caetera, and so on (exempli gratia, 'for example' indrādayaḥ surāḥ-,the gods beginning with indra- id est indra- etc.; gṛhādiyukta-,possessed of houses etc.; evamādīni vastūni-,such things and others of the same kind: śayyā khaṭvādih-[Comm. on ], śayyā- means a bed etc.;often with -ka-at the end exempli gratia, 'for example' dānadharmādikam-[ ],liberality, justice, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgnāvaiṣṇavamfn. referring to agni- and viṣṇu- (as a chapter or a series of hymns), (gaRa vimuktādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājyan. Name of the sūkta- contained in the aforesaid śastra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhanikabakam. "a stork in relation to a mouse", (metaphorically) a man who behaves as an oppressor towards a weak person, (gaRa pātresamitādi-and yuktārohy-ādi- q.v)
āktamfn. (fr. āñj-) anointed (see sv-kta-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aktamfn. ( añj-), smeared over, diffused, bedaubed, tinged, characterized. Often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (see raktākta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āktakha(kta--) mfn. in whose nave the hole is smeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āktākṣyam. (fr. āktākṣa-), Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaktam. (said to be for arakta-), red juice or lac (obtained from the red resin of certain trees and from the cochineal's red sap) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaktarasam. the alakta- juice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñj( ā-añj-), (imperative 2. sg. A1. /ākṣva-; ind.p. ājya-; imperative -anaktu-; imperfect tense 3. plural /ā āñjan-) to anoint ; to polish, prepare ; to honour, receive respectfully (see kta-.)
ānukalpikamfn. (fr. anu-kalpa- q.v gaRa ukthādi- ), one who knows or studies the alternative rules View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anukthamfn. not followed by an uktha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anulomajamfn. offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father ([ ]), (as the mūrdhāvasikta- of a Brahman father and kṣatriyā- mother, and so on with the ambaṣṭha- niṣāda- or pāraśava-, māhiṣya-, ugra-, karaṇa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavṛttamfn. reversed, inverted, overturned, finished carried to the end (perhaps for apa-vṛkta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apivraśc(perf. Imper. 2. dual number -vavṛktam- ) to strike off, cut off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aramind. (with pur/u-,or prith/u-) enough, sufficiently with dative case exempli gratia, 'for example' (bhaktaya-) idem or 'ind. ( -;See ara-), readily, fitly, suitably, so as to answer a purpose (with dative case) ' ([ confer, compare /alam-and Greek ]) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āraṭif. (?) noise, roaring (in muktāraṭi-,"having uttered a roaring") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśayam. any vessel of the body (exempli gratia, 'for example' raktāśaya-,"the receptacle of blood" id est the heart; āmāśaya-,the stomach etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asrapittan. equals rakta-pitta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvatrirātram. (gaRa yuktārohyādi- q.v) Name of a ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsyahātyamfn. (fr. asy-a-hatya- gaRa vimuktādi- ), containing the word asy-a-hatya-,"non-killing with a sword"(as a chapter) or (gaRa anuśatikādi- ) belonging to a non-massacre ([ asi-hatya-and āsihātya- ])
atiṣaktaor (in later texts) atisakta- mfn. ( sañj-), connected with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukthikamfn. one who knows or studies the uktha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukthyam. a descendant of uktha- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupasadamfn. (an adhyāya- or anuvāka-) in which the word upasad- occurs gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurdhvabhaktikamfn. (fr. ūrdhva-bhakta-), used or applied after a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurvaśamfn. containing the word urvaśī- (as an adhyāya- or anuvāka-) gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auttarabhaktikamfn. (fr. bhakta-with uttara-), employed or taken after a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasecitamfn. equals -srkta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛjA1. -vṛṅkte- (subjunctive -v/arjate- ; Aorist vṛkta- ;also P. Aorist 1. sg. vṛkṣam- ) to turn or bring into the possession of, procure for, bestow, give ; to turn or bring into one's own possession ; to appropriate ; to be propitiated, favour : Causal P. -varjayati-, to turn over, incline, bend etc. ; to pour out ; to deliver etc. ; to cause to yield, overcome ; to gain one's favour, propitiate, attract View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvyaktika(fr. a-vyakta-) mfn. not perceivable, immaterial commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baligāyatrīf. Name of a mantra- employed by the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaduktham. patronymic fr. bṛhad-uktha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barhavatmfn. gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhavatamf(ī-)n. containing the word barha-vat- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭum. a form of śiva- (so called from being represented by boys in the rites of the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukam. a form of śiva- (among the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaginībhartṛ(gaRa yuktārohy-ādi-) m. a sister's husband. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaj cl.1 P. A1. () bh/ajati-, te- (2. sg. as imperative bhakṣi- ; perfect tense P. babh/āja- A1. bhej/e- etc.;2. sg. babhaktha- ; bhejitha- ; Aorist P.2. 3. sg. abhāk- ; abhākṣīt-, kṣus- ; subjunctive bhakṣat- ; A1. /abhakṣi-, kta- etc.; preceding A1. bhakṣīy/a- ;3. sg. kṣīṣṭa- ; kṣīta- ; future bhakṣyati-, te- etc.; bhajiṣyati-, te- etc.; bhaktā- grammar; infinitive mood bhaktum- etc.; bhajitum- ; ind.p. bhaktvā- etc., tvāya- ; -bhajya-and -bh/ājam- ), to divide, distribute, allot or apportion to (dative case or genitive case), share with (instrumental case) etc. ; (A1.) to grant, bestow, furnish, supply ; A1. (rarely P.) to obtain as one's share, receive as (two accusative), partake of, enjoy (also carnally) , possess, have (accusative,Ved. also genitive case) ; (A1.,rarely P.) to turn or resort to, engage in, assume (as a form) , put on (garments) , experience, incur, undergo, feel, go or fall into (with accusative, especially of abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' bhītim-,to feel terror; nidrām-,to fall asleep; maunam-,to become silent) etc. ; to pursue, practise, cultivate ; to fall to the lot or share of (accusative) etc. ; to declare for, prefer, choose (exempli gratia, 'for example' as a servant) ; to serve, honour, revere, love, adore etc.: Causal bhāj/ayati-, te- (Aorist abībhajuḥ- , ababhājat- grammar), to divide ; to deal out, distribute ; to cause any one (accusative) to partake of or enjoy (accusative or genitive case) ; to put to flight, pursue, chase, drive into (accusative) ; to cook, dress (food) : Desiderative bibhakṣati-, te- (confer, compare bhikṣ-): Intensive bābhajyate-, bābhakti-, [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin fa1gus; Gothic Old S.bo1k; German Buch,Buchstabe; English buck-,beech.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktam. a worshipper, votary (especially as Name of a division of the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāktamf(ī-)n. (fr. bhakta-) regularly fed by another, a dependent, retainer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāktikamfn. = bhākta-1, regularly fed by another, a dependent, retainer (also nitya-bh- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhañj cl.7 P. () bhanakti- (perfect tense babh/añja- etc., 3. plural A1. babhañjire- ; Aorist abhāṅkṣīt- ; future bhaṅkṣyati-, ktā- ; ind.p. bhaṅktvā-, bhaktvā-or -bhajya- ), to break, shatter, split etc. ; to break into, make a breach in (a fortress, with accusative) ; to rout, put to flight, defeat (an army) ; to dissolve (an assembly) ; to break up id est divide (a sūtra-) ; to bend ; to check, arrest, suspend, frustrate, disappoint etc.: Passive voice bhajy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist abhāji-or abhañji- ), to be broken or break (intr.) etc. etc. etc.: Causal bhañjayati- (Aorist ababhañjat-) grammar : Desiderative bibhaṅkṣati- : Intensive bambhajyate- or jīti- [Perhaps for originally bhrañj-; confer, compare bhraj-; Latin frangere,nau-fraga; German brechen; English break.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharitamfn. (fr. bhara-) nourished, full (opp. to rikta-,"empty"), filled with (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣitapuṃskamfn. equals ukta-puṃska- (q.v) ( bhāṣitapuṃskatva -tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtamfn. hired, paid (as a servant) etc. (bhakta-venayor bhṛtaḥ-,"one who receives board and wages"; see kṣīra-bh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuj cl.6 P. () bhuj/ati- (perfect tense bubhoja- Aorist abhaukṣīt- future bhokṣyati-and ktā- grammar;really only proper stem Aorist -/abubhojīs-and ind.p. -bhujya-after nir-and, pari-; confer, compare also bhujam-in bhujaṃ-ga-and bhujaṃgama-), to bend, curve ; (?) to sweep (confer, compare 1. bhuj/i-) : Passive voice bhujyate-, to be bent down or disheartened [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin fugio; Gothic biugan,baugjan(?); German biogan,biegen; Anglo-Saxon bu4gan; English bow.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuj cl.7 P.A1. () bhun/akti-, bhuṅkt/e- (rarely cl.6 P. A1. bhuñjati-, te- ;3. plural A1. bhuñjat/e- ; Potential P. bhuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense A1. bubhuj/e-, jm/ahe-, jrir/e- plural P. juḥ- ; Aorist abhaukṣīt-, abhnkta- grammar; bh/ojam-, bh/ojate-, bhujema- ; bhukṣiṣīya- ; future bhokṣyati-, te- etc.; bhoktā- ; infinitive mood bh/ojase-, bh/ujam-, bhuje- : bhoktum- etc.; ind.p. bhuktvā-or bhuṅktvā- ) . to enjoy, use, possess, (especially) enjoy a meal, eat, eat and drink, consume (mostly A1.;in Vedic or Veda generally with instrumental case,later with accusative) etc. ; to enjoy (carnally) ; to make use of, utilize, exploit etc. ; (with pṛthivīm-, mahīm-etc.) to take possession of, rule, govern etc. ; to suffer, experience, undergo, be requited or rewarded for (accusative) or at the hands of (genitive case) etc. ; (P.) to be of use or service to (accusative) ; to pass, live through, last (a time) ; (in astronomy) to pass through, fulfil : Passive voice bhujyate- (Aorist abhoji-), to be enjoyed or eaten or possessed or made use of etc.: Causal bhojayati- (te-, mc.; confer, compare ;once bhuñjāpayati- varia lectio; Aorist abūbhujat-, jata- grammar), to cause to enjoy or eat, feed with (two accusative or accusative of Persian and instrumental case of thing; confer, compare ) etc. ; etc. ; to use as food : Desiderative bubhukṣati- (once), te-, to wish to eat, be hungry ; to wish to enjoy or partake of (confer, compare bubhukṣā-, kṣita-, kṣu-): Intensive bobhujyate-, to be eaten frequently ; bobhokti- and bobhujīti-, to eat or enjoy frequently grammar ([ confer, compare Latin fungor.])
bhujm. passing, through, fulfilling (vyakta-bh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuktamfn. one who has eaten a meal (equals bhukta-vat- ) (see bhukta-pīta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaguptam. of a chief of the bhakta- sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaṇaspatim. (fr. brahmaṇas- genitive case of brahman-+ p-) equals b/ṛhas-p/ati- etc. ( brahmaṇaspatisūkta -kta- n.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛbaduktham. Name of indra- (either mahad-uktha-,"highly lauded", or vaktavyam asmā uktham-,"one to whom praise is to be ascribed" ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśālinmfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisampannamfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhitattvan. the intellectual faculty or principle (the 2nd of the 8 prakṛtayaḥ- or"producers"in the sāṃkhya-, coming next to and proceeding from mūla-prakṛti- or a-vyakta-), (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caind. and, both, also, moreover, as well as (= , Latin que,placed like these particles as an enclitic after the word which it connects with what precedes;when used with a personal pronoun this must appear in its fuller accented form(exempli gratia, 'for example' t/ava ca m/ama ca-[not te ca me ca-],"both of thee and me") , when used after verbs the first of them is accented ;it connects whole sentences as well as parts of sentences;in the double ca-occurs more frequently than the single(exempli gratia, 'for example' ah/aṃ ca tv/aṃ ca-,"I and thou", );the double ca-may also be used somewhat redundantly in class. Sanskrit(exempli gratia, 'for example' kva hariṇakānāṃ jīvitaṃ cātilolaṃ kva ca vajra-sārāḥ śarās te-,"where is the frail existence, of fawns and where are thy adamantine arrows?");in later literature, however, the first ca-is more usually omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' ahaṃ tvaṃ ca-),and when more than two things are enumerated only one ca-is often found(exempli gratia, 'for example' tejasā yaśasā lakṣmyā sthityā ca parayā-,"in glory, in fame, in beauty, and in high position");elsewhere, when more than two things are enumerated, ca-is placed after some and omitted after others(exempli gratia, 'for example' ṛṇa-dātā ca vaidyaś ca śrotriyo nadī-,"the payer of a debt and a physician [and] a Brahman [and] a river");in Vedic or Veda and even in class. Sanskrit[ ] , when the double ca-would generally be used, the second may occasionally be omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' indraś ca soma-,"both indra- [and thou] soma-"; durbhedyaś cāśusaṃdheyaḥ-,"both difficult to be divided [and] quickly united");with lexicographers ca-may imply a reference to certain other words which are not expressed(exempli gratia, 'for example' kamaṇḍalau ca karakaḥ-,"the word karaka-has the meaning "pitcher"and other meanings");sometimes ca-is equals eva-,even, indeed, certainly, just(exempli gratia, 'for example' su-cintitaṃ cauṣadhaṃ na nāma-mātreṇa karoty arogam-,"even a well-devised remedy does not cure a disease by its mere name"; yāvanta eva te tāvāṃśca saḥ-,"as great as they [were] just so great was he");occasionally ca-is disjunctive,"but","on the contrary","on the other hand","yet","nevertheless"(varam ādyau na cāntimaḥ-,"better the two first but not the last"; śāntam idam āśrama-padaṃ sphurati ca bāhuḥ-,"this hermitage is tranquil yet my arm throbs"); ca-ca-,though-yet ; ca-na ca-,though - yet not ; ca-- na tu-(varia lectio nanu-) idem or 'm. the letter or sound ca-.', ; na ca-- ca-,though not - yet ; ca-may be used for -,"either","or"(exempli gratia, 'for example' iha cāmutra vā-,"either here or hereafter"; strī vā pumān vā yac cānyat sattvam-,"either a woman or a man or any other being") , and when a negative particle is joined with ca-the two may then be translated by"neither","nor";occasionally one ca-or one na-is omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' na ca paribhoktuṃ naiva śaknomi hātum-,"I am able neither to enjoy nor to abandon"; na pūrvāhṇe nā ca parāhṇe-,"neither in the forenoon nor in the afternoon"); ca-ca-may express immediate connection between two acts or their simultaneous occurrence(exempli gratia, 'for example' mama ca muktaṃ tamasā mano manasijena dhanuṣi śaraś ca niveśitaḥ-,"no sooner is my mind freed from darkness than a shaft is fixed on his bow by the heart-born god", ); ca-is sometimes equals ced-,"if"(confer, compare ;the verb is accented) ; ca-may be used as an expletive(exempli gratia, 'for example' anyaiś ca kratubhiś ca-,"and with other sacrifices"); ca-is often joined to an adverb like eva-, api-, tathā-, tathaiva-,etc., either with or without a negative particle(exempli gratia, 'for example' vairiṇaṃ nopaseveta sahāyaṃ caiva vairiṇaḥ-,"one ought not to serve either an enemy or the ally of an enemy");(See eva-, api-,etc.) For the meaning of ca-after an interrogativeSee 2. k/a-,2. kath/ā-, k/im-, kv/a-); ([ confer, compare , Latin que,pe(innempeetc.); Gothic uh; Zend ca; Old Persian ca1.])
cakravartinm. equals alaktaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camam. plural equals camaka-sūkta- Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camīkāram. reciting the camaka-sūkta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camīkṛto recite the camaka-sūkta- over anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candanīf. Name of a river (see ku--, pīta--, rakta--, śveta--, hari--.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carcāf. (; gaRa ukthādi-) repetition of a word (in reciting the veda-, especially while adding iti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cārcikamfn. conversant with the repetition of words (carcā-) gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturyugamf(ā-)n. (c/at-) equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturyujmfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraratham. of a son (of gada- or kṛṣṇa- ;of uṣadgu- or ruśeku- ;of vṛṣṇi-, ;of gaja-, ;of supārśvaka-, ;of ukta- or uṣṇa-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivāsuramf(ī-)n. containing the word devāsura- (as an adhyāya- or anuvāka-) gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇan. the righthand or higher doctrine of the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣiṇyan. the ritual of the right hand śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. driven asunder, scattered, dispersed, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāsamitrāyaṇa m. descendant of dāsa-mitra- ( dāsamitrāyaṇabhakta -bhakta- n.the district inhabited by them gaRa aiṣukāry-ādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāsamitrim. descendant of dāsa-mitra- ( dāsamitribhakta -bhakta- n.the district inhabited by them gaRa aiṣukāry-ādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśānśam. a 10th part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāśārhamf(ī-)n. containing the word daśārha-, treating of it (gaRa vimuktādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāśārṇamf(ī-)n. containing the word daśārṇa-, treating of it (gaRa vimuktādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśārṇam. plural (gaRa vimuktādi-) "Ten Lakes", Name of a people (south-east of madhya-deśa- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devacakran. (with śākta-s)"the holy circle" , Name of a mystical diagram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devavidyāf. divine science (equals nirukta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmayujmfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātum. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body (distinct from the 5 mentioned above and conceived either as 3 humours [called also doṣa-]phlegm, wind and bile [ see purīṣa-, māṃsa-, manas-, ];or as the 5 organs of sense, indriyāṇi-[ see sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order and , where śrotra-, ghrāṇa-, āsya-, hṛdaya-and koṣṭha-are mentioned as the 5 dhātu- of the human body born from the either] and the 5 properties of the elements perceived by them, gandha-, rasa-, rūpa-, sparśa-and śabda- ;or the 7 fluids or secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen [ rasādi-or rasa-raktādi-,of which sometimes 10 are given, the above 7 and hair, skin, sinews ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhṛṣṇa wrong reading for ṣṭa-, ṭokta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhṛṣṇokta wrong reading for ṣṭa-, ṭokta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhṛṣṭoktam. Name of a son of arjuna- kārtavīrya- (Calcutta edition ṣṇoktā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dinakarīf. (scilicet ṭīkā-) Name of commentator or commentary on the and siddhānta-muktāvalī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghapattrakam. a kind of garlic (equals rakta-lasuna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divan. wood [ confer, compare /ahar--, tri--, naktaṃ--, naktaṃ-- bṛhad--. rātrim--, su--; confer, compare also Fo in Latin (?)biduum.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divāind. (for div/ā-,instr. of 3. d/iv-) gaRa svarādi-, by day (often opposed to n/aktam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divākaram. of the founder of the sūrya-bhakta- sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divānaktamind. adverb (older d/ivā n/aktam-) by day and night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyaugham. plural "the divine hosts", forms of śiva- and durgā- (with the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drutif. Name of the wife of nakta- and mother of gaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgam. Name of an asura- (supposed to have been slain by the goddess durgā-, ) and of several men (gaRa naḍādi- ), especially of the commentator on yāska-'s nirukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgācāryam. Name of a commentator on yāska-'s nirukta- (equals durga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgādattam. Name of the author of the vṛtta-muktāvali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgaṭīkāf. durga-'s commentary (on yāska-'s nirukta- etc.). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dussatham. (wrong reading or Prakrit for duḥsaktha-?) a cock or dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviṣūktamfn. having 2 kta-s, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvyukthamfn. reciting 2 uktha-s (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyāvāpṛthivīyan. (scilicet kta-) a particular hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekarcan. a sūkta- of only one verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
evaṃyuktam(-yuktam-) ind. in such a manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajamauktikan. equals -muktā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇadīkṣāprabhum. Name of an author of mantra-s (with śākta-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇapādam. gaRa yuktārohyādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāṇapatyam. (with śākta-s) Name of an author of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāṇikamfn. familiar with the gaṇa-s (in grammar) gaRa ukthādi- and kathādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇitan. reckoning, calculating, science of computation (comprising arithmetic, algebra, and geometry, pāṭī--or vyakta--, bīja--,& rekhā--) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhetṛptamfn. "contented already in the womb (or from the first origin)", indolent gaRa pātre-samitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gargatrirātram. (gaRa yuktārohy-ādi-) Name of a ceremony lasting 3 days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauṇikamf(ī-)n. equals guṇam adhīte veda vā- gaRa ukthādi- and vasantādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gayam. of a son (of amūrta-rajas-, ;of āyus-, ;of a manu- ;of havir-dhāna- by dhiṣaṇā- ;of ūru- by āgneyī- ;of vitatha-, ;of sudyumna-, ;of nakta- by druti-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyakīf. a female singer (one of the 8 akula-s with śākta-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehekṣveḍinmfn. "blustering at home", a house-hero, coward gaRa pātresamitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehemehinmfn. "making water at home", a lazy or indolent man gaRa pātre-samitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭakañcukin. an immoral rite practised by tāntrika-s and śākta-s (in which the bodices of different women are placed in a receptacle and the men present at the ceremony are allowed to take them out one by one and then cohabit with the woman to whom each bodice belongs),
ghṛtānvaktamfn. equals kta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭhekṣveḍinmfn. "bellowing in a cow-pen", a boasting coward, gaRa pātre-samitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭheśūram. a hero in a cow-pen, boasting coward gaRa pātre-samitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣūktam. (kta-), Name of the father or ancestor of gauṣūkti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmagoduh -dhuk- m. a village herdsman gaRa yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇākarasūrim. Name of the author of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇasamudran. an ocean of virtues, one endowed with all virtues View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guptāvadhūtamfn. one who has secretly shaken off from himself worldly obligation (opposed to vyaktāv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurum. (with śākta-s) author of a mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurukramam. succession of teachers or (with śākta-s) of authors of mantra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haridrākta(drākta-) mfn. smeared or stained with turmeric = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāvirdhānamfn. containing the word havirdhāna- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
icchārūpan. Desire (as personified by the śākta-s), the first manifestation of divine power (see svecchā-maya-).
jagatprakāśam. the light of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalodaran. "water-belly", dropsy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
japahomam. dual number a muttered prayer and an offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātan. individuality, specific condition (vyakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasīyan. " jāt/avedasa- "(scilicet s/ukta-) Name of a hymn : View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jighatsumfn. desirous of consuming, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvanvimuktamfn. equals -mukta-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvitāśāf. hope of life, wish for life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyautiṣikam. equals jyot- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotiṣan. (gaRa ukthādi-) the science of the movements of the heavenly bodies and divisions of time dependant thereon, short tract for fixing the days and hours of the Vedic sacrifices (one of the 6 kinds of vedāṅga- texts) xiif. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākṣīvatamf(ī-)n. composed by or relating to kakṣīvat- (scilicet sūkta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalāpam. (kalāpa-,fr. āp-) "that which holds single parts together", a bundle, band (see jaṭā-k-, muktā-k-, raśanā-k-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmamind. though, although, supposing that (usually with imperative) (kāmaṃ-na-or na tu-or na ca-,rather than exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmam ā maraṇāt tiṣṭhed gṛhe kanyā-- na enām prayacchet tu guṇa-hīnāya-,"rather should a girl stay at home till her death, than that he should give her to one void of excellent qualities";the negative sentence with na-or natu-or na ca-may also precede, or its place may be taken by an interrogative sentence exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmaṃ nayatu māṃ devaḥ kim ardhenātmano hi me-,"rather let the god take me, what is the use to me of half my existence?"; kāmaṃ-- tu-or kiṃ tu-or ca-or punar-or athāpi-or tathāpi-,well, indeed, surely, truly, granted, though - however, notwithstanding, nevertheless exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmaṃ tvayā parityaktā gamiṣyāmi-- imaṃ tu bālaṃ saṃtyaktuṃ-, rhasi-,"granted that forsaken by thee I shall go - this child however thou must not forsake";or the disjunctive particles may be left out ; yady-api-kāmaṃ tathāpi-,though - nevertheless )
kaulan. the doctrine and practices of the left-hand śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauleśvaram. (with śākta-s) Name of an author of mantra-s, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauleyamfn. of the left-hand śākta- sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaulikam. a follower of the left-hand śākta- ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaulīnam. a follower of the left-hand śākta- ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaulyamfn. of the left-hand śākta- sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautsan. Name of a kta- (composed by kutsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśarinm. a variety of Moringa with red flowers (equals rakta-śigru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kesarinm. a variety of Moringa with red flowers (equals rakta-śigru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṭukīf. (perhaps equals khaṭṭikī-) one of the eight kula-s (with śākta-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kirātam. the plant Agathotes Chirayta (also called kirāta-tikta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
klinnam. Name of a śākta- author of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krametaramfn. not arranged according to the krama-pāṭha- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krāmetarakamfn. one who studies or knows a krametara- text gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krāmikamfn. one who studies or knows the krama-(-pa1t2ha) gaRa ukthādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krodhanam. of a śākta- author of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krūram. red oleander (equals rakta-karavīra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣamāf. of a śākta- authoress of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣamācāryam. Name of a śākta- author of mantra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaṇadāndhyan. night-blindness, nyctalopsis (see kṣapāndhya-, naktāndhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetran. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) equals a-vyakta- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrahotṛ(r/a--) mfn. (gaRa yuktārohy-ādi-) equals -yāj/in- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrāpāmārgam. Desmochaeta atropurpurea (= raktāp-,a biennial plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrāpāmārgakam. Desmochaeta atropurpurea (= raktāp-,a biennial plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kubhojanan. equals -bhukta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulan. (with śākta-s) Name of śakti- and of the rites observed in her worship (see kaula-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulanāyikāf. a girl worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the left-hand śākta-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāṣṭamīf. (with śākta-s) Name of a particular eighth day. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulavarṇāf. a species of the plant Convolvulus with red blossoms (equals rakta-trivṛt-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kullūkāf. (with śākta-s) Name of certain syllables preceding a mantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhamaṇḍūkam. "a frog in a pitcher", id est an inexperienced man gaRa pātresamitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi- (see kūpa-maṇḍūka-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūpakacchapam. "a tortoise in a well", a man without experience (who has seen nothing of the world) gaRa pātresamitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laktam. equals rakta-, red (see gūtha-l-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laktakan. equals naktaka-, a dirty and tattered cloth, a rag View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laktakan. (?) equals alaktaka-, lac, the red dye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāsyan. dancing, a dance (especially accompanied with instrumental music and singing), a dance representing the emotions of love dramatically (this was at one time a principal part of the drama, and as such according to to bharata- and the daśa-rūpa- consisted of 10 divisions or aṅga-s, viz. geya-pada-, sthita-pāṭhya-, āsīna-, puṣpa-gaṇḍikā-, pracchedaka-, tri-gūḍha-or tri-mūḍhaka-, saindhava-, dvigūḍhaka-or vimūḍhaka-, uttam/ottamaka-,and ukta-pratyukta-;including also a style of dramatic composition in which there is abrupt transition from Sanskrit to Prakrit and from Prakrit to Sanskrit;the term lāsya-is also applied to the Nach [Nautch] dance of the Indian dancing girls, consisting chiefly of gesticulation with a shuffling movement of the feet forwards and backwards, as invented by pārvati- and opposed to the boisterous masculine dance called tāṇḍava- practised by śiva- and his followers; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgan. equals vyakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohitapittinmfn. subject to hemorrhage, suffering from hemorrhage, (cr2. rakta-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanīf. Name of a plant (equals atimukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuyaṣṭif. equals tiktaparvan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madyāsattakam. Name of a man (prob. wrong reading for madyāsaktaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahācakran. the mystic circle or assembly in the śākta- ceremonial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahatmfn. many (people, with jana-sg.) (with uktha- n.a particular uktha- of 720 verses;with aukthya- n.Name of a sāman- ; mahānti bhūtāni-,the gross elements ; see mahābhūta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahātiktam. equals yavatiktā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhitran. (scilicet kta-) Name of the hymn (beginning with the words mahi tṝṇām-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahīyatva(?) gaRa vimuktādi- (see māhīyatva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhīyatvamfn. beginning with the word mahīya-tva- (gaRa vimuktādi- māhīyala-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
majj cl.6 P. () majjati- (Ved. m/ajjati-, Epic also te-; perfect tense mamajja-[2. sg. mamajjitha-,or mamaṅktha-] ; Aorist [ -] majjīs- ; amānkṣīt- ; preceding majjtāt- ; future maṅkṣyati-, te- etc.; majjiṣyati- ; maṅktā- grammar; infinitive mood majjitum- ; maṅktum- grammar; ind.p. maṅktvā-or maktvā- ; m/ajjya- ), to sink (into), (accusative or locative case), go down, go to hell, perish, become ruined etc. ; to sink (in water), dive, plunge or throw one's self into (locative case), bathe, be submerged or drowned etc.: Causal majj/ayati- (Aorist amamajjat- grammar), to cause to sink, submerge, drown, overwhelm, destroy etc. ; to inundate ; to strike or plant into (locative case) : Desiderative mimaṅkṣati- or mimajjiṣati- grammar (confer, compare mimaṅkṣā-): Intensive māmajjyate-, māmaṅkti- [ confer, compare Latin mergere,and undermajjan.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsikamfn. equals māṃsaṃ niyuktaṃ dīyate 'smai- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalan. a division or book of the ṛg-- veda- (of which there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns;these are divided into 85 anuvāka-s or lessons, and these again into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028 kta-s or hymns;the other more mechanical division, is into aṣṭaka-s, adhyāya-s and varga-s q.v) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇisaram. a string or ornament of pearls (wrong reading -śara-; see muktā-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotaprob. n. () ( etc.) the hymn (containing the word man/otā- Nominal verb of manotṛ-and used in sacrificing;also -kta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotāf. ( etc.) the hymn (containing the word man/otā- Nominal verb of manotṛ-and used in sacrificing;also -kta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantram. a mystical verse or magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (especially in modern times employed by the śākta-s to acquire superhuman powers;the primary mantra-s being held to be 70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māricikamfn. prepared or seasoned with pepper, peppered (see vyakta-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātramf(ā-and ī-)n. being nothing but, simply or merely (see padāti--, manuṣya-m-;after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just exempli gratia, 'for example' jāta-m-,scarcely or just born ; kṛṣṭa-m-,merely ploughed ; bhukta-mātre-,immediately after eating ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātṛnāmann. (scilicet lkta-) Name of a class of sacred texts in the atharva-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyatantran. Name of work (prob. equals -silkta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauktikam. (only in ) n. (fr. muktā-; compound f(ā-).) a pearl (properly"a collection of properly") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauktikaprasavāf. a pearl muscle (see muktā-prasū-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medinmfn. having medas-, possessing vigour or energy (= medasāyukta- equals bala-vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīlitamfn. closed, obstructed (opp. to mukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitāśanamfn. equals mita-bhukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mluktaSee /apa-mlukta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣaṇan. shedding, causing to flow (see rakta-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛktamfn. hurt etc. (see /a-mṛkta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mruktaSee abhi-ni-mrukta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muc cl.6 P. A1. () muñc/ati-, te- ( also, muc/anti-, mucasva-; parasmE-pada muñcāna- ; perfect tense, mum/oca-, mumuc/e-, Vedic or Veda , also, mum/ocat-, m/umocati-, mumucas-, mumoktu-, amumuktam-; Aorist /amok- ; imperative mogdh/i- ; amauk- ; /amucat- ; amukṣi-, mukṣata- ; preceding mucīṣṭa- ; mukṣīya- ; future, moktā-, ; mokṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood moktum- etc.; ind.p. muktv/ā- , -m/ucya- , m/okam-, ), to loose, let loose, free, let go, slacken, release, liberate ("from", ablative or -tas-; A1.and Passive voice with ablative or instrumental case,rarely with genitive case"to free one's self, get rid of, escape from") etc., etc. (with kaṇṭham-,to relax the throat id est raise a cry;with raśmīn-,to slacken the reins;with prāṇān-,to deprive of life, kill) ; to spare, let live ; to set free, allow to depart, dismiss, despatch ("to" , loc. or dative case) etc. ; to relinquish, abandon, leave, quit, give up, set aside, depose (with kalevaram-, deham-, prāṇān-or jīvitam-,to quit the body or give up the ghost id est to die) ; to yield, grant, bestow ; to send forth, shed, emit, utter, discharge, throw, cast, hurl, shoot at ("or upon" locative case dative case,or accusative with or without prati-;with ablative and ātmānam-,to throw one's self down from) etc. ; (A1.) to put on (Scholiast or Commentator) : Passive voice mucy/ate- (or m/ucyate-, Epic also ti-and future mokṣyati-; Aorist /amoci-), to be loosed, to be set free or released etc. ; to deliver one's self from, to get rid of, escape (especially from sin or the bonds of existence) etc. ; to abstain from (ablative) ; to be deprived or destitute of (instrumental case) : Causal mocayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist amūmucat-), to cause to loose or let go or give up or discharge or shed (with two accusative) ; to unloose, unyoke, unharness (horses) ; to set free, liberate, absolve from (ablative) etc. ; to redeem (a pledge) ; to open (a road) ; to give away, spend, bestow ; to gladden, delight, yield enjoyment : Desiderative of Causal mumocayiṣati-, to wish to deliver (from the bondage of existence) (confer, compare, mumocayiṣu-): Desiderative mumukṣati-, te-, (P.) to wish or be about to set free ; to be about to give up or relinquish (life) ; to wish or intend to cast or hurl ; (A1.) to wish to free one's self ; to desire final liberation or beatitude (confer, compare mokṣ-): Intensive momucyate- or monokti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin mungo,mucus.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mudrāf. parched or fried grain (as used in the śākta- or Tantrik ceremonial) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhābjan. equals mukha-kamala- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukta muktā-, mukti- See p.816etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāf. of mukta-, in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktābharaṇamfn. (for 2. muktā-bh-See under mukta-below) having no ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktābharaṇa(bh-) mfn. (for 1. see under mukta-above) having a pearls ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāhāramfn. (for 2. muktā-h-See under muktā-below) taking no food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāhāram. (for 1.See under mukta-, column 1) a string of pearls etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāmbaramfn. or m. equals mukta-vasana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāphalajalan. equals muktā-j- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrdhābhiṣiktam. a particular mixed caste (equals mūrdhāvasikta-) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrdhāvasiktam. Name of a particular mixed caste (the son of a Brahman and a kṣatriyā-) (varia lectio mūrdhābhi ṣikta-)
nāgarūpadhṛkm. Name of an author of mantra-s (among the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naigamakāṇḍam. or n. Name of the three chapters of the nirukta- where the nigama-s or Vedic words are explained by yāska- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikam. equals prec. m. gaRa ukthādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairuktamfn. relating to the nirukta- (q.v), explaining it gaRa ṛgayanādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairuktam. (also -uktika- gaRa ukthādi-) a knower of the derivation of words, an etymologist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiyāsikamfn. gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naktan. night (f(n/aktā-).only in naktay/ā- q.v,and as dual number with uṣ/āsā-; see s/a-naktā-and naktoṣāsā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naktacārinm. a rakṣas- (see naktaṃ-c-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naktakam. dirty or ragged cloth, rag, wiper etc. (v.r. for laktaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakta(m-before labials) ind. See 1. n/akta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naktaprabhava varia lectio for naktam-pr-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nākulam. equals yava-tiktā- (L.), sarpa-gandhā- (Bh.) , and other plants. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalam. of a descendant of the latter nala- (son of su-dhanvan- and father of uktha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navikāf. equals nava-śabdayukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nighaṇṭum. (mostly plural) Name of the Vedic glossary explained by yāska- in his nirukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nij cl.2 A1. niṅkte- ; cl.3 P.A1. nenekti-, nenikte- (Intensive ?; confer, compare below) (from the present tense stem only 2 plural imperative ninikta- , parasmE-pada nijān/a- , nije- equals ninije- ; perfect tense nineja-, ninije- grammar; future, nekṣyati-, nektā- ; Aorist anijam-, jan- ; anaikṣīt-, nikṣi- ; ind.p. niktv/ā- ; -nijya- ; dative case infinitive mood -nije-. ), to wash, cleanse, purify (A1.one's self) etc. ; to nourish : Passive voice nijyate-, to be washed etc. : Causal nejayati- ; Aorist anīnijat- grammar : Desiderative ninikṣati- grammar : Intensive n/enekti-, nenikt/e- (confer, compare above; Potential neniyāt- ; nenijīsti-, nenijyate- grammar), to wash (one's self). [ confer, compare Greek for; Anglo-Saxon nicor; German Nix,Nixe.]
niruktakṛtm. " nirukta--composer", Name of yāska- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niruktavatmfn. "author of the nirukta-", Name of yāska- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niruktavṛttif. Name of a commentator or commentary on yāska-'s nirukta- by durgācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvac(Aorist -avocat- ;but mostly used in Passive voice -ucyate-, -ucyamāna-; see nir-ukta-), to speak out, express clearly or distinctly, declare, interpret, explain etc. ; to derive from (ablative) ; to order off, warn off, drive away, tell any one to go away from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryuktamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') directed towards (varia lectio nir-mukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśf. (occurring only in some weak cases as niśi-, śas-, śau-, śos-[and niḍbhyas- ], for or with niśā-,and prob. connected with nak-, nakta-; see also dyu--, mahā--) night etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣañj( sañj-), only Aorist A1. -asakta-, to hang or put on ; Passive voice -aṣaṅgi-, to hang id est be fastened on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣkevalyan. (with or scilicet śastra-and uktha-) Name of a particular recitation connected with the midday oblation and belonging to indra- exclusively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistyaj(only -tyakta-vat- mfn.) to drive away, expel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣvañj( svañj-) A1. -ṣvajate- (imperfect tense ny-aṣvajata-,or ny-asvajata- ; Aorist ny-aṣvaṅkta-or ny-asvaṅkta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyojanīyamfn. equals niyoktavya- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyoktavyamfn. to be placed in or put to (locative case; ātmā sukhe niyoktavyaḥ-,we shall enjoy ourselves ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyaktamfn. anointed, decorated (?) ( vy-/akta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyūnamf(ā-)n. (fr. ni-with ūna-) less, diminished, defective, deficient (opp. to ati-rikta-, adhika-, pūrṇa-), destitute or deprived of (instrumental case or compound), inferior to (ablative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
okta(-ukta-) mfn. addressed, invoked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pac cl.1 P. A1. () p/acati-, te- (cl.4. A1. p/acyate- confer, compare below; parasmE-pada pacāna- [ confer, compare kim-pacāna-]; perfect tense papāca-[2. sg. papaktha-or pecitha- ], pecur-; pece-, pecire-[ /apeciran-, ; peciran- on ]; Aorist p/akṣat- ; apākṣīt-, apakta- grammar; preceding pacyāt- ; future pakṣyati-, te-or paktā- ; ind.p. paktv/ā- ; infinitive mood p/aktave- ; paktum-, ), to cook, bake, roast, boil (A1.also "for one's self") etc. ; (with double accusative) to cook anything out of (exempli gratia, 'for example' tandulān odanam pacati-,"he cooks porridge out of rice-grains") ; to bake or burn (bricks) ; to digest ; to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion etc. ; (with double accusative) to develop or change into (exempli gratia, 'for example' puṇyāpuṇyaṃ sukhāsukham-,"merit and demerit into weal or woe") ; (intrans.) to become ripe or mature : Passive voice pacy/ate- (ti- ; Aorist apāci- grammar), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed etc. ; to be tormented ; also intrans. equals p/acyate- (confer, compare above) , to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen (with accusative of the fruit that is borne or ripens ; confer, compare Va1rtt. 14 ; lok/aḥ p/acyamānaḥ-,"the developing world") : Causal pācayati-, te- (Aorist apīpacat- grammar; Passive voice pācyate-, parasmE-pada cyamāna- ) ; to cause to cook or be cooked (A1."for one's self") , to have cooked or to cook etc. (confer, compare ) ; to cause to ripen ; to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal : Desiderative pipakṣati- grammar : Intensive pāpacīti- grammar ; pāpacyate-, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted : Desiderative of Intensive pāpacishati-, te- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek for ; Latin coquo; Slavonic or Slavonian peka,pes8ti.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādakramikamfn. (fr. padakrama-) one who recites or knows the pada-krama- gaRa ukthādi- ( pada-, krama-for pada-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādikamf(ī-)n. versed in or studying the pada-patha- gaRa ukthādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakatha wrong reading for paktha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paktavya pakti-, paktha-, pakva- etc. See under 2. pac-, p.575. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pallavam. red lac (alakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcathamfn. (confer, compare ) the fifth [ confer, compare Zend pukhdha; Greek ; Latin quinctus,quintusforpinctus; Lithuanian pe4nktas; Gothic fimfta; German fünfte; Anglo-Saxon fifta; English fifth.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcopacārakamf(ikā-)n. consisting of 5 oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parakṣudrāf. plural the very short verses (of veda-) (see kṣudrasūkta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramāsanam. (with śākta-s) Name of an author of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāśaktif. (with śākta-s) a particular form of śakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvṛjP. -vṛṇakti- (imperfect tense -vṛṇak-; perfect tense -vavṛjur-; Aorist -vark-, -varktam-), to turn away ; (with śīrṣā-) to flee ; to wring off (as a head) ; to throw away, remove, reject, abandon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārijātam. of an author of mantra-s (with śākta-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisārakam. (gaRa vimuktādi-) Name of a place near the sarasvatī- (see pāriś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārisārakamfn. containing the word pari-sāraka- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāriṣatkamfn. equals pariṣadam adkīte veda vā- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛktamfn. (or p/ari-vṛkta-) avoided, despised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyam. equals -kta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryukta according to to = pari-- yukta=- viniyukta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātatriṇamfn. containing the word patatrin- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātrebahulamfn. (plural) frequently present at meals, parasitical gaRa pātre-samistādi- and yuktārohādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauḍaSee pakta-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paunaruktikamfn. equals punaruktam adhīte veda vā- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paunaruktyan. equals -ukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītavipītamfn. gaRa śāka-pārthivādi- (see bhukta-vibhukta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pittaraktan. plethora (see rakta-pitta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pittaśoṇitan. equals -rakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pittāsran. equals pitta-rakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānakan. (in sāṃkhya-) the original germ out of which the material universe is evolved (equals pradhāna-, a-vyakta-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtif. plural the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. a-vyakta-, buddhi-or mahat-, ahaṃ-kāra-,and the 5 tan-mātras-or subtle elements;rarely the 5 elements alone) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāntaśayanāsanabhaktamfn. Iiving in the country (also -śayana-bhakta-and -śayanāsanā-sevin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśakamfn. wrong reading for sakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasaktamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') supplied or provided with (varia lectio pra-yukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasañjayitavyamfn. equals saṅktavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauḍham. (with śākta-s) Name of one of the 7 ullāsa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauḍhāntam. (with śākta-s) one of the 7 ullāsa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauktamf(ī-)n. having the sense of" tena-proktam- ", proclaimed by that (said of a suffix) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravālamfn. having long or beautiful hair (equals prakṛṣṭa-keśa yukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogamfn. ( pra-y/oga-) (for 2.See under. pra-yuj-) coming to a meal ( equals pra-yoktavya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛc cl.7 P. () pṛṇ/akti- A1. pṛṅkt/e- (or cl.2. pṛkte- ; cl.1 P. pṛñcati- ; cl.3 P. pipṛgdhi-, pipṛkta- ; perfect tense papṛcuḥ- ; papṛcāsi-, cyāt-, cān/a- ; Aorist p/arcas-[ parasmE-pada pṛcān/a- ; preceding pricīmahi-] ; aprāk- ; apṛkṣi-, kta- ; aparcīt-, ciṣṭa- grammar; future parciṣyati-, te-, parcitā- ; infinitive mood -p/ṛce-, -p/ṛcas- ), to mix, mingle, put together with (instrumental case,rarely locative case; dhanuṣā śaram-,"to fix the arrow upon the bow"), unite, join etc. ; to fill (A1.one's self?) , sate, satiate ; to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (accusative or genitive case) richly upon (dative case) ; to increase, augment (Prob. connected with pṝ-,to fill; see also pṛj-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyadāsam. Name of the author of a commentator or commentary on the bhakta-mālā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyapradam. Name of an author of śākta- mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyaratham. (probably) (priy/a--), Name of a man (according to to mfn. equals prīyamāṇa-ratha-yukta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛktan. wrong reading for pṛktha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛkthan. possession, property, wealth (see riktha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthupattram. a kind of garlic (equals rakta-laśuna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṃska(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) equals puṃs- gaRa ura-ādi- (see uktap-, bhāṣita-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaruktif. equals -ukta- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇāf. (with śākta-s) of an authoress of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇābhiṣekam. a particular ceremony among the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇābhiṣiktam. plural a particular sect of the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇeśam. Name of an author ( pūrṇeśī ṇeśī- f.Name of an authoress) of mantra-s among śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣam. (also with nārāyaṇa-) the primaeval man as the soul and original source of the universe (described in the puruṣa-sūkta- q.v) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvamind. before (also as a preposition with ablative), formerly, hitherto, previously (sometimes with present tense) etc. etc. (often in the beginning of a compound exempli gratia, 'for example' pūrva-kārin-,active before, pūrvokta-,said before;also in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' in the sense of"with" exempli gratia, 'for example' prīti-pūrvam-,with love; mati-pūrvam-with intention, intentionally; mṛdu-pūrva-bhāṣ-,to speak kindly; see above;also with an ind.p. exempli gratia, 'for example' pūrva-bhojam-,or -bhuktvā-,having eaten before ; adya-p-,until now, hitherto;previously -tataḥ-,first-then; pūrva-paścāt-,previously-afterwards; pūrva-upari-,previously-subsequently; pūrva-adhūnā-or adya-,formerly-now) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājabadaran. equals rakta-melaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rākṣosuramf(ī-)n. containing the words rakṣo 'sura- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapaitta mfn. relating to rakta-pitta- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapaittikamfn. relating to rakta-pitta- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapaṭīkṛtamfn. changed into a rakta-paṭa- mendicant (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapiṇḍaka m. equals raktālu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapiṇḍālum. equals raktālu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktasāram. a species of plant (equals amla-vetasa-or rakta-kadhira- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktataramfn. more red or attached etc. (See rakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktataran. equals rakta-gairika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktavarṇakam. (scilicet varga-) equals rakta-varga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktavarṣābhūf. equals raktapunarnavā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmadāsam. of the son of ratnākara- (father of mahī-dhara-;he is also called rāma-bhakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rañj or raj- cl.1.4. P. A1. () rajati-, te- (only grammar; -rañjati- ) or rajyati-, te- (grammar also perfect tense P. rarañja-,3rd dual number rarajatuḥ-or rarañjatuḥ-; A1. rarañje-; Aorist arāṅkṣīt-, araṅkta-; preceding rajyāt-, raṅkṣīṣṭa-; future raṅktā-; raṅkṣyati-, te-; infinitive mood raṅktum-; ind.p. raktvā-or raṅktvā-), to be dyed or coloured, to redden, grow red, glow ; to be affected or moved, be excited or glad, be charmed or delighted by (instrumental case), be attracted by or enamoured of, fall in love with (locative case) etc. ; (rajati-, te-), to go : Causal rajayati- (only ) and rañjayati-, te- (Aorist arīrajat-or ararañjat-; Passive voice rajyate-; Aorist arañji-or arāñji-), to dye, colour, paint, redden, illuminate etc. ; to rejoice, charm, gratify, conciliate etc. ; to worship (rajayati mṛgān- equals ramayati mṛgān- Va1rtt. 3 ) : Desiderative riraṅkṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive rārajīti- (grammar also rārajyate-and rāraṅkti-), to be greatly excited, exult (others"to shine bright"). [ confer, compare Greek ,"to dye",,"dyer."] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasam. taste, flavour (as the principal quality of fluids, of which there are 6 original kinds, viz. madhura-,sweet; amla-,sour; lavaṇa-,salt; kaṭuka-,pungent; tikta-,bitter;and kaṣāya-,astringent;sometimes 63 varieties are distinguished, viz. beside the 6 original ones, 15 mixtures of 2, 20 of 3, 15 of 4, 6 of 5, and 1 of 6 flavours) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātripariśiṣṭan. equals -kta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raudrīf. Name of the Comms. on the tattva-cintāmaṇi-dīdhiti- and the nyāya-siddhānta-muktāvalī- by rudra- bhaṭṭācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ric cl.7 P. A1. () riṇ/akti-, riṅkte- cl.1 P. () recati- ; cl.4 A1. (confer, compare Passive voice) r/icyate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense rir/eca-, riric/e- etc. etc.: riricyām-, arirecīt- ; parasmE-pada ririkv/as-, riricān/a- ; Aorist /āraik- ; arikṣi- ; aricat- ; future rektā- grammar, rekṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood rektum- grammar), to empty, evacuate, leave, give up, resign ; to release, set free ; to part with id est sell ("for" instrumental case) ; to leave behind, take the place of (accusative), supplant ; to separate or remove from (ablative) : Passive voice ricy/ate- (Aorist areci-), to be emptied etc. etc. ; to be deprived of or freed from (ablative) ; to be destroyed, perish : Causal (or cl.10. ; Aorist arīricat-), to make empty ; to discharge, emit (as breath, with or scilicet mārutam-), ; to abandon, give up : Desiderative ririkṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive rericyate-, rerekti- [ confer, compare Zend ric; Greek , ; Latin linquo,licet; Lithuanian likti; Gothic leihwan; Anglo-Saxon leo4n; English loan,lend; German li7han,leihen.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktamfn. (according to to , also r/ikta-) emptied, empty, void etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktāf. (scilicet tithi-) Name of the 4th, 9th, or 14th day of the lunar fortnight (see riktārka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktahāra wrong reading for riktha-h- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktārkam. a Sunday falling on one of the rikta- days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktīin compound for rikta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛkthamfn. (for riktha-[q.v.], fr. ric-), property, wealth, possession, effects (especially left at death) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ruc cl.1 A1. () rocate- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also ti-; perfect tense ruroca-, ruruc/e- etc.; subjunctive rurucanta- Potential rurucyās- ; parasmE-pada rurukv/as-, rurucān/a- ; Aorist arucat- ; arociṣṭa- etc.; arukta- ; parasmE-pada rucān/a- ; Aorist Passive voice aroci- ; preceding rucīya- ; rociṣīya- ; ruciṣīya- ; future rocitā- grammar; rociṣyate- ; infinitive mood rocitum- ; ruc/e- ; ind.p. rucitvā-or rocitvā- ), to shine, be bright or radiant or resplendent etc. ; (only in perfect tense P.) to make bright or resplendent ; to be splendid or beautiful or good etc. ; to be agreeable to, please (dative case or genitive case) etc. ; to be pleased with, like (accusative) ; to be desirous of, long for (dative case) : Causal roc/ayati-, te- (Aorist /arūrucat-, cata-; Passive voice rocyate-), to cause to shine ; to enlighten, illuminate, make bright ; to make pleasant or beautiful ; to cause any one (accusative) to long for anything (dative case) ; to find pleasure in, like, approve, deem anything right (accusative or infinitive mood) etc. ; to choose as (double accusative) ; to purpose, intend ; (Passive voice) to be pleasant or agreeable to (dative case) : Desiderative ruruciṣate- or rurociṣate- grammar : Intensive (only p. r/orucāna-) to shine bright [ confer, compare Greek , ;lux,luceo,luna,lumen; Gothic liuhath,lauhmuni; German lioht,lieht,licht; Anglo-Saxon leo4ht; English light.]
rucikam. a kind of ornament, (prob. wrong reading for rucaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ruj cl.6 P. () ruj/ati- (Epic also te-; perfect tense rur/oja- etc.; Aorist 2. sg. rok- ; ruk- ; araukṣīt- grammar; future roktā-, rokṣyati- ; infinitive mood -r/uje- ; ind.p. ruktv/ā-, -r/ujya- ), to break, break open, dash to pieces, shatter, destroy etc. ; to cause pain, afflict, injure (with accusative or genitive case; confer, compare ) etc. etc.: Causal rojayati- (Aorist arūrujat-), to cause to break etc. ; to strike upon (locative case) ; (cl.10. ) to hurt, injure, kill: Desiderative rurukṣati- grammar (See rurukṣ/aṇi-): Intensive rorujyate-, rorokti-, grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin lugeo.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādasatamfn. containing the words sat- and as/a- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivam. "a worshipper or follower of śiva-", Name of one of the three great divisions of modern Hinduism (the other two being the vaiṣṇava-s and śākta-s, qq. vv. ;the śaiva-s identify śiva--rather than brahmā- and viṣṇu--with the Supreme Being and are exclusively devoted to his worship, regarding him as the source and essence of the universe as well as its disintegrator and destroyer;the temples dedicated to him in his reproducing and vivifying character [as denoted by the liṅga- q.v ]are scattered all over India;the various sects of śaiva-s are described in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sajanīyan. (scilicet kta-) Name of the hymn (having the burden sa janāsa indraḥ-) (also sajanya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śak cl.5 P. () śaknoti- (perfect tense śaś/āka-, śek/uḥ- etc.; Aorist /aśakat- etc. [Ved. also Potential śakeyam-and śakyām-; imperative śagdhi-, śaktam-]; future śaktā-,or śakitā- grammar; śakṣyati-, te- etc.; śakiṣyate-, te- grammar; infinitive mood -śaktave- ; śaktum-or śakitum- grammar), to be strong or powerful, be able to or capable of or competent for (with accusative dative case or locative case,rarely accusative of a verbal noun, or with an infinitive mood in am-or tum-;or with pr. p. ; exempli gratia, 'for example' with grahaṇāya-or grahaṇe-,"to be able to seize"; vadha-nirṇekam- a-śaknuvan-,"unable to atone for slaughter"; śak/ema vāj/ino y/amam-,"may we be able to guide horses"; kṣitum- na- śaknoti-,"he is not able to see"; pūrayan na śaknoti-,"he is not able to fill") etc. etc. (in these meanings Epic also śakyati-, te-,with inf in tuṃ- confer, compare ) ; to be strong or exert one's self for another (dative case), aid, help, assist ; to help to (dative case of thing) : Passive voice śakyate- (Epic also ti-), to be overcome or subdued, succumb ; to yield, give way ; to be compelled or caused by any one (instrumental case) to (infinitive mood) ; to be able or capable or possible or practicable (with an infinitive mood in pass. sense exempli gratia, 'for example' tat kartuṃ śakyate-,"that can be done";sometimes with pass. p. exempli gratia, 'for example' na śakyate vāryamāṇaḥ-,"he cannot be restrained";or used impersonal or used impersonally,with or with out instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' yadi-[ tvayā-] śakyate-,"if it can be done by thee","if it is possible") : Causal śākayati- (Aorist aśīśakat-), grammar : Desiderative See śikṣ-. ([ confer, compare according to to some, Greek , German HagHeckehegen;behagen.])
śāktam. a worshipper of that energy (especially as identified with durgā-, wife of śiva-;the śākta-s form one of the principal sects of the Hindus, their tenets being contained in the tantra-sand the ritual enjoined being of two kinds, the impurer called vāmācāra- q.v,and the purer dakṣiṇācāra- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saktamfn. clinging or adhering to, sticking in (locative case or compound; saktaḥ-or bhitti-s-with sthā-,"to stand as if nailed or as if rooted to the spot") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāktānandataraṃgiṇīf. Name of work compiled for the use of the śākta-s from the tantra-s and purāṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakthin. (derivation doubtful;the base sakth/an-[fr. which accusative plural sakthāni- ] appears in later language only in the weakest cases exempli gratia, 'for example' sg. instrumental case sakthn/ā- genitive case ablative sakthn/as- locative case sakth/ani-,or sakthn/i- see ;there occurs also Nominal verb accusative dual number sakthy/au-[ ] formed fr. a fem. base sakth/ī-), the thigh, thigh-bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktif. the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the śākta- (q.v) sect of Hindus under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight śakti- goddesses are enumerated, as follow, indrāṇī-, vaiṣṇavī-, śāntā-, brahmāṇī-, kaumārī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, and māheśvarī-, but some substitute cāmuṇḍā- and caṇḍikā- for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. vaiṣṇavī-, brahmāṇī-, raudrī-, māheśvarī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, indrāṇī-, kārttikī-, and pradhānā-: others reckon fifty different forms of the śakti- of viṣṇu- besides lakṣmī-, some of these are kīrtti-, kānti-, tuṣṭi-, puṣṭā-, dhṛti-, śānti-, kriyā-, dayā-, medhā- etc.;and fifty forms of the śakti- of śiva- or rudra- besides durgā- or gaurī-, some of whom are guṇodarī-, virajā-, śālmalī-, lolākṣī-, vartulākṣī-, dīrgha-ghoṇā-, sudīrgha-mukhī-, go-mukhī-, dīrgha-jihvā-, kuṇḍodarī-, ardha-keśī-, vikṛta-mukhī-, jvālā-mukhī-, ulkāmukhī- etc.; sarasvatī- is also named as a śakti-, both of viṣṇu- and rudra-: according to the vāyu-purāṇa- the female nature of rudra- became twofold, one half asita-or white, and the other sita-or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included lakṣmī-, sarasvatī-, gaurī-, umā- etc.;those of the dark and fierce nature, durgā-, kālī- etc.) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktif. the female organ (as worshipped by the śākta- sect either actually or symbolically) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāktikamf(ī-)n. peculiar to the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāktikam. a worshipper of the śakti- (See śākta-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktipūjakam. a śakti--worshipper, a śākta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktisvāminm. Name of a minister of muktāpīḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivādinm. one who asserts the śakti--doctrine, an adherent of śiva--doctrine, a śākta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāktra m. patronymic of parāśara- (Calcutta edition; see śākta-, śānta-, teya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāktreyam. patronymic of parāśara- (Calcutta edition; see śākta-, śānta-, teya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāktukamfn. equals saktave prabhavati- gaRa saṃtāpādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarthan. ability, competence (See -yukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayam. (with śākta-s) Name of the author of a mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhaktamfn. devoted to, faithfully attached (varia lectio saṃ-sakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃghaṭikamfn. (fr. saṃ-ghaṭa-) = saṃ-ghaṭam adhite veda vā- gaRa ukthādi- (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃghaṭṭikamfn. equals saṃ-ghaṭṭam adhīte veda vā- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃgrāhikamfn. equals -saṃ-graham adhite veda vā- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃgrāmikan. plural (scilicet - ktāni-) hymns containing charms for use in battle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃhitikamfn. equals sāṃhita- gaRa ukthādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketastavam. (with śākta-s) a particular hymn of praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampātam. equals -kta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampūrṇatāf. a full measure ( sampūrṇatāyukta -yukta- mfn."possessing abundance or one's fill") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samujjhitan. that which is left, a remnant, leavings (See bhukta-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvitkamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') possessing saṃ-vid- (See meanings below) (wrong reading saṃ-vikta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyānan. Name of particular kta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sañj (or saj-) cl.1 P. () s/ajati- (rarely A1. te-; perfect tense sasañja- etc. [in some rare and doubtful cases in and sasajja-];3. plural sejuḥ- ; Aorist asāṅkṣīt-, sāṅkṣīt-,UP. etc.; asañji- ; /asakthās-, ta- ; preceding sajyāt- grammar; future saṅktā-, saṅkṣyati- ; infinitive mood saktum- ; saṅktos- ; ind.p. -sajya-, -s/aṅgam- etc.) , to cling or stick or adhere to, be attached to or engaged in or occupied with (locative case) : Passive voice sajy/ate- (generally sajjate-, Epic also ti-), to be attached or fastened, adhere, cling, stick (with na-,"to fly through without sticking", as an arrow) etc. ; to linger, hesitate ; to be devoted to or intent on or occupied with (locative case) etc.: Causal sañjayati- (Aorist asasañjat-;for sajjayati-See sajj-), to cause to stick or cling to, unite or connect with (locative case) : Desiderative sisaṅkṣati- See ā-sañj-: Intensive sāsajyate-, sāsaṅkti- grammar ([ confer, compare according to to some, Latin segnis; Lithuanian segu4,"I attach."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptonāf. (scilicet viṃśati-,20 being the normal number of verses in a kta-)"20-7 id est 13" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saram. a cord, string (see prati--, maṇi--, muktā-maṇi--,and mauktika-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāram. a chief-ingredient or constituent part of the body (causing the peculiarities of temperament;reckoned to be 7, viz. sattva-, śukra-, majjan-, asthi-, medas-, māṃsa-, rakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvamūrdhanya(with śakta-s) Name of an author of mystical prayers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasmfn. reciting (See uktha-ś/as-, -śas/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāsstrong form for 3. śas- (See uktha-ś/as-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasamfn. reciting (See uktha-ś/as-, -śas/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭhānnakālamfn. equals ṭha-bhakta- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastran. an instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow ;weapons are said to be of four kinds, pāṇi-mukta-, yantra-mukta-, muktāmukta-,and amukta-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatarcas(śat/a--;fr. śata- + ṛc-) mfn. (prob.) having a hundred supports (according to to equals śatārcis-or śata-vidhagati-yukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sātvatamf(ī-)n. containing the word satvat- gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauklan. Name of a sāman- (wrong reading for 2. śaukta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauktamfn. (fr. śukta-) acid, acetic, acetous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauṇḍikīf. a female keeper of a liquor-shop (regarded as one of the eight akula-s, accord. to the śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurasūktan. a hymn addressed to sūrya- (= sūryasūkta- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauvarṇamf(ī-,or ā-)n. containing the word suvarṇa- gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
senīyaSee yukta-s-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣamn. remaining out of or from, left from (with ablative or locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' prayātebhyo ye śeṣāḥ-,"the persons left out of those who had departed";but mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a pp. in compound exempli gratia, 'for example' bhukta-śeṣa-,"remaining from a meal","remnant of food"; hata-śeṣāḥ-,"those left out of the slain","the survivors"etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sic cl.6 P. A1. () siñc/ati-, te- (once in , s/ecate- perfect tense siṣeca-, siṣice-[in also sisicuḥ-, sisice-]; Aorist asicat-, cata-[Gr. also asikta-]; subjunctive sicāmahe- ; preceding sicyāt- ; future sekṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sektum- sektavai- ; ind.p. siktvā- ; -s/icya- ; -secam-or -sekam-, ), to pour out, discharge, emit, shed, infuse or pour into or on (locative case) etc. etc. ; to emit semen, impregnate ; to scatter in small drops, sprinkle, besprinkle or moisten with (instrumental case) etc. ; to dip, soak, steep ; to cast or form anything out of molten metal etc. (2 accusative) : Passive voice sicyate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist aseci-), to be poured out or sprinkled etc. etc.: Causal secayati-, te- (Epic also siñcayati-; Aorist asīṣicat-or asīsicat-), to cause to pour out etc. ; to sprinkle, water (plants etc.) : Desiderative siṣikṣati- or sisikṣati- ; te- grammar (confer, compare sisikṣā-): Intensive sesicyate-, sesekti-. ([ confer, compare Zend hincaiti; Greek [?] ; Anglo-Saxon seo4n; German seihen,seichen.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sikta sikti-, siktha- See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiktha thaka- See siktha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sikthan. (also written śiktha-) beeswax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃham. a Moringa with red flowers (equals rakta-śigru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavaktran. Name of a town (wrong reading -vakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivam. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrākṣa- berries originated, it is said, from the legend that śiva-, on his way to destroy the three cities, called tri-pura-, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is kailāsa-, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the himālaya-;he has strictly no incarnations like those of viṣṇu-, though vīra-bhadra- and the eight bhairava-s and khaṇḍobā- etc.[ ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, maheśvara-, hara-;his sons are gaṇeśa- and kārttikeya-) etc.
śivasaṃkalpa(śiv/a--) m. "auspicious in meaning", Name of the text (also pa-kta-;also popaniṣad-; see ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślākṣṇikamfn. equals ślakṣṇam adhīte veda vā- gaRa ukthādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehābhyaktamfn. equals snehākta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
soḍhṛmfn. able, powerful (equals śakta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sokthamfn. with the uktha- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraddhāvatmfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛj (see 1.2. sarj-) cl.6 P. () sṛj/ati- (Ved. and Epic also te-,and once in s/arjati-; perfect tense sasarja-, sasṛj/e-[2. sg. according to to , sasarjitha-and sasraṣṭha-,in once sasarktha-];Vedic forms are sasṛjm/ahe-, jrire-, sasṛjyāt-, asasṛgram-; parasmE-pada sasṛjān/a- q.v; sasṛgm/ahe-; Aorist asrākṣīt-; /asṛkṣi-, /asṛṣṭa-[Ved. also /asṛgram-or ran-; /asarji-; asrāk-, asrāṭ-; srās-; srakṣat-; parasmE-pada sṛjān/a- q.v ] ; future sraṣṭā- ; srakṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sraṣṭum- etc.; ind.p. sṛṣṭvā- ; -s/ṛjya- etc.; -s/argam-or -s/arjam- ), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at (accusative or dative case) etc. ; to cast or let go (a measuring line) ; to emit, pour forth, shed, cause to flow (rain, streams etc.) etc. ; to utter (a sound) ; to turn or direct (glances) ; to let loose, cause (horses) to go quickly ; A1. "to speed, run, hasten" ; to release, set free ; to open (a door) ; to publish, proclaim ; to draw out and twist (a thread), twist, wind, spin (literally and figuratively; A1. sṛjyate-,"for one's self"; see on Va1rtt. 15 and ) ; (in older language only A1.) to emit from one's self id est create, procreate, produce, beget etc. ; to procure, grant, bestow etc. ; to use, employ ; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) ; to hang on, fasten to (locative case) (perhaps asṛjat-, wrong reading for asajat-;See sañj-): Passive voice sṛjyate- (Aorist /asarji-), to be let loose or emitted or created etc. etc.: Causal sarjayati-, te- (Aorist asasarjat-or asīsṛjat-), to cause to let loose, let go, create etc. etc.: Desiderative sisṛkṣati-, te-, to wish to send forth or hurl or throw ; (A1.) to wish to produce or create : Intensive sarīsṛjyate-, sarīsṛṣṭi- etc. grammar
ṣṭhīvīf. spitting (See rakta-ṣṭhīvī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlakandam. a kind of garlic (equals rakta-laśuna-) or onion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlapuṣpīf. a kind of plant (equals yava-tiktā-) (varia lectio sūkṣma-puṣpī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuc cl.1 P. () śocati- (Ved. and Epic also te-;once in -śucyati-[ see saṃ-śuc-];and in śocimi-; perfect tense śuśoca-Impv. śuśugdhi- Potential śuśucīta-, parasmE-pada śuśukv/as-and śuśucān/a- Aorist aśucat-[ parasmE-pada śuc/at-and śuc/amāna-] ; aśocīt-[2. sg. śocīḥ-] ; aśociṣṭa- grammar; preceding śucyāsam- ; future śoktā-or śocitā- ; śuciṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood śuc/adhyai- ; śoktum-or śocitum- etc.; ind.p. śocitvā- ; śucitvā- ) to shine, flame, gleam, glow, burn ; to suffer violent heat or pain, be sorrowful or afflicted, grieve, mourn at or for (locative case or accusative with prati-) etc. ; to bewail, lament, regret (accusative) etc. ; to be absorbed in deep meditation ; (cl.4. P. A1. śucyati-, te-) to be bright or pure (see Causal and śuci-) ; to be wet ; to decay, be putrid, stink : Passive voice (only Aorist /aśoci-) to be kindled, burn, flame : Causal śoc/ayati-, te- (parasmE-pada śuc/ayat-[ q.v ] ; Aorist aśūśucat-, śūśucat- ), to set on fire, burn ; to cause to suffer pain, afflict, distress ; to feel pain or sorrow, grieve, mourn ; to lament, regret ; to purify : Passive voice of Causal śocyate- : Desiderative śuśuciṣati- or śuśociṣati- : Intensive śośucyate-, śośokti-, to shine or flame brightly grammar (only ś/ośucan- ; see ś/ośucat-, ś/ośucāna-, śośucyamāna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhāvaddevam. (with śākta-s) Name of a particular class of authors of mystical prayers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūkṣmapuṣpīf. "having small flowers", a kind of plant (equals yava-tiktā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ktamfn. (5. su-+ ukta-) well or properly said or recited etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuktasvaramfn. (said to be) equals a-vyakta-svara- (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suniryuktamfn. equals -niyukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprayogaviśikham. equals su-prayukta-śara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supuṣpam. equals rakta-puṣpaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryam. the daughter of sūrya- or the Sun (See ;also described as daughter of prajāpati- or of savitṛ- and wife of the aśvin-s, and in other places as married to soma-;in she is called ūrjānī-, and in the sister of pūṣan- [ q.v ], who is described as loving her, and receiving her as a gift from the gods; according to to some she represents a weak manifestation of the Sun; sūryā- sāvitrī- is regarded as the authoress of the sūryā-sūkta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryam. equals sūryā-ktā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaj or svañj- (see pari-ṣvaj-) cl.1 A1. () sv/ajate- (rarely ti-; parasmE-pada svajāmana-and svajāna- ; perfect tense sasvaje- etc. etc. [3. plural juḥ- ]; sasvañje- grammar; Aorist /asasvajat- ; asvaṅkṣi- grammar; future svaṅktā-, svaṅkṣyate- ; svajiṣyate- ; infinitive mood -sv/aje- ; svaktum- ; ind.p. svajitvā-, -svajya- ), to embrace, clasp, encircle, twist or wind round etc.: Passive voice svajate- (Aorist asvañji-) grammar : Causal svañjayati- (Aorist asiṣvañjat-) : Desiderative sisvaṅkṣate- : Intensive sāsvajyate-, sāsvaṅkti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svañj or svaj- (see pari-ṣvaj-) cl.1 A1. () sv/ajate- (rarely ti-; parasmE-pada svajāmana-and svajāna- ; perfect tense sasvaje- etc. etc. [3. plural juḥ- ]; sasvañje- grammar; Aorist /asasvajat- ; asvaṅkṣi- grammar; future svaṅktā-, svaṅkṣyate- ; svajiṣyate- ; infinitive mood -sv/aje- ; svaktum- ; ind.p. svajitvā-, -svajya- ), to embrace, clasp, encircle, twist or wind round etc.: Passive voice svajate- (Aorist asvañji-) grammar : Causal svañjayati- (Aorist asiṣvañjat-) : Desiderative sisvaṅkṣate- : Intensive sāsvajyate-, sāsvaṅkti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarṇavallīf. a kind of plant (equals rakta-phalā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syātind. (3. sg. Potential of1. as-) it may be, perhaps, perchance (especially used in jaina- works and occurring in 7 formulas, viz. 1. syād asti-,"perhaps it is [under certain circumstances]";2. syān nāsti-,"perhaps it is not, etc.";3. syād asti ca nāsti ca-,"perhaps it is and is not [under certain circumstances]";4. syād avaktavyaḥ-,"perhaps it is not expressible in words";5. syād asti cāvaktavyaḥ-,"perhaps it is and is not expressible in words";6. syān nāsti cāvaktavyaḥ-,"perhaps it is not and is and is not expressible in words";7. syād asti ca nāsti cāvaktavyaḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailapūram. "oil-filling", atailapūra a---tail/a--pūra- mfn. [ ] or apavarjitatailapūra apavarjita---tail/a--pūra- [ ] mfn. (a lamp) that wants no oil-filling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tājakan. Name of certain astronomical books translated or derived from translations from the Arabic and Persian (exempli gratia, 'for example' -kalpa-latā-, -keśavī-, -kaustubha-, -cintāmaṇi-, -tantra-, -tilaka-, -dīpaka-, -paddhati-, -bhāva-, -bhūṣaṇa-, -muktāvali-, -yoga-sudhākara-, -ratna-mālā-, -śāśtra-, -sarvasva-sāra-, -sāra-, -sudhā-nidhi-, laṃkāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tak cl.2. kti- (cl.1. kati-["to laugh"or"to bear" ] ; infinitive mood kitum- ) to rush along ; ([ confer, compare niṣ-ṭak-, pari-takana-, pra-takta-; Lithuanian teku4.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṇḍulīf. the plant yava-tiktā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantragandharvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantramantraprakāśam. Name of work , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanudhīmfn. little-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taptāyanamf(ī-)n. dwelling-place of distressed people (the earth) (tiktāy- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tārāgurum. plural Name of particular authors of mantra-s (with śākta-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvan. (in philosophy) a true principle (in sāṃkhya- philosophy 25 in number, viz. a-vyakta-, buddhi-, ahaṃ-kāra-,the 5 tan-mātra-s, the 5 mahā-bhūta-s, the 11 organs including manas-,and, lastly, puruṣa-,qq.vv.) ; 24 in number (m.); 23 in number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvasāram. "truth-essence", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāvatmf(atī-)n. (fr. 2. ta- ) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of y/āvat-;rarely of ya-or yathokta- etc.) etc. (yāvatā kṣaṇena tāvatā-,"after so long time, in that time", as soon as ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tikta ktaka- See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiktaghṛtan. ghee prepared with bitter herbs, (see ktaha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiktakamfn. bitter, (n.) anything having a bitter flavour (with sarpis- equals kta-ghṛta-,iv, 9, 9) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiktakam. equals kta-tumbī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiktākhyāf. equals kta-tuṇḍī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiktaphalaf. equals yavatiktā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trapāvatmfn. equals -yukta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridaśāṅganāf. equals śa-vadhū- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trijagadīśvaram. lord of the 3 worlds (a jina-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trikulāf. the plant yava-tiktā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivāramind. thrice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuṇḍam. kaṭu-- and tikta-tuṇḍī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvacan. skin (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' See mukta--, mṛdu--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tyajitamfn. equals tyakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uktam. Name of a divine being (varia lectio for uktha- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uktapuṃskaa (feminine or neuter) word of which also a masculine is mentioned or exists (and whose meaning only differs from that of the masculine by the notion of gender; exempli gratia, 'for example' the word gaṅgā-is not ukta-puṃska-,whereas such words as śubhra-and grāma-ṇī-are so; see bhāṣita-puṃska-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthamukhan. the beginning of an uktha- recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthapātran. vessels of libation offered during the recitation of an uktha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthaśaṃsinmfn. uttering the uktha-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthavatmfn. connected with an uktha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthinmfn. accompanied by praise or (in ritual) by uktha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyamfn. accompanied by uktha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyapātran. a vessel for the libation during an uktha- recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthyasthālīf. a jar for the preparation of an uktha- libation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmanasm. (with śākta-s) one of the seven ullāsa-s or mystical degrees. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upabhajA1. (Aorist -/abhakta-) to obtain, take possession of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaspijamind. with emulation, emulatively ([ upaspijam iti spardhā-yuktaṃ vacanam- ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upatailamfn. (gaRa gaurādi- ) equals abhyakta-taila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvāmnāyam. "a subsequent or further sacred tradition", Name of a sacred writing of the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarāmnāyam. Name of a sacred book of the śākta-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vac cl.2 P. () vakti- (occurs only in sg. vacmi-, vakṣi-, vakti-,and imperative vaktu-; Vedic or Veda also cl.3 P. v/ivakti-; perfect tense uv/āca-, ūj- etc.; uv/aktha- ; vavāca-, vavakṣ/e- ; Aorist avocat-, cata- etc.;in veda- also subjunctive vocati-, te-, vecāti-; Potential voc/et-, ceta-; imperative vocatu-; preceding ucyāsam- ; future vakt/ā- etc.; vakṣy/ati- etc.; te- ; Conditional avakṣyat- ; infinitive mood ktum- etc.; tave- ; tos- ; ind.p. uktv/ā- etc.; -/ucya- ), to speak, say, tell, utter, announce, declare, mention, proclaim, recite, describe (with accusative with or without prati- dative case or genitive case of Persian,and accusative of thing;often with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' tam idaṃ vākyam uvāca-,"he spoke this speech to him";with double accusative also"to name, call"A1.with nom;"one's self";with punar-,"to speak again, repeat";or "to answer, reply") etc. ; to reproach, revile (accusative) : Passive voice ucy/ate- (Aorist avāci-,or in later language avoci-), to be spoken or said or told or uttered etc. etc. (yad ucyate-,"what the saying is") ; to resound ; to be called or accounted, be regarded as, pass for (Nominal verb also locative case) etc.: Causal vācayati-, te- (Potential vācayīta- ; Aorist avīvacat-; Passive voice vācyate-), to cause to say or speak or recite or pronounce (with, double accusative;often the object is to be supplied) etc. ; to cause anything written or printed to speak id est to read out loud etc. ; () to say, tell, declare ; to promise : Desiderative vivakṣati-, te- (Passive voice vivakṣyate-), to desire to say or speak or recite or proclaim or declare etc. ; (Passive voice) to be meant : Intensive (only /avāvacīt-) to call or cry aloud [ confer, compare Greek for in, etc.; Latin vocare,vox; German gi-waht,gi-wahinnen,er-wähnen.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāhasmfn. carrying, conveying, bringing, offering (see uktha--, nṛ-yajña-v-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vailakṣaṇyan. (fr. vi-lakṣaṇa-) difference, disparity, diverseness (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; pūrvokta-vailakṣaṇyena-,in opposition to what was before stated) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimuktamfn. containing the word vi-mukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairakta() n. (fr. vi-rakta-) freedom from affections or passions, absence of affection, indifference, aversion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairaktya() n. (fr. vi-rakta-) freedom from affections or passions, absence of affection, indifference, aversion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśeṣikasūtran. the aphorisms of the vaiśeṣika- (branch of the nyāya- philosophy, which have been commented on by a triple set of commentaries, and expounded in various works, of which the best known are the bhāṣā-pariccheda- with its commentary, called siddhānta-muktāvalī-, and the tarkasaṃgraha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣṇavam. "a worshipper of viṣṇu-"Name of one of the three great divisions of modern Hinduism (the other two being the śaiva-s and śākta-s; the vaiṣṇava-s identify viṣṇu- - rather than brahmā- and śiva- - with the supreme Being, and are exclusively devoted to his worship; they have become separated into four principal and some minor sects, as follow: 1. the rāmānuja-s, founded by rāmānuja-, who is said to have lived for 120 years [from 1017 till 1137 A.D.]; his chief doctrines are described at , and in ; one peculiarity of his sect is the scrupulous preparation and privacy of three meals; 2. the mādhva-s, founded by a Kanarese Brahman named madhva-, whose chief doctrines are described at , and in 3. the vallabha-s, founded by vallabhācārya-, whose chief doctrines are described at , and in ;4. a sect in Bengal founded by caitanya- [ q.v ] who was regarded by his followers as an incarnation of kṛṣṇa-; his chief doctrine was the duty of bhakti-,or love for that god which was to be so strong that no caste-feelings could exist with it [see ]Of the minor vaiṣṇava- sects those founded by nimbārka- or nimbāditya-[ ] and by rāmānanda-[ ] and by svāmi-nārāyaṇa-[ ] are perhaps the most important, to which also may be added the reformed theistic sect founded by Kabir[ ] and the Sikh theistic sect founded by Nanak[ ])
vaiśvadhainava va-bhakta- varia lectio for dhenava-, va-bh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśvānarīyan. dual number Name of the kta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiviktyan. (fr. vi-vikta-) deliverance from (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajranābham. of several princes (a son of uktha-;of unnābha-;of sthala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmadevyam. of bṛhad-uktha- and mūrdhanvat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṃśajamfn. belonging to the same family (plur. with prāktanāḥ-= forefathers, ancestors) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanad(only plural van/adaḥ-), longing, earnest desire ( equals vanantaḥ- equals sambhaktāraḥ-;others translate me van-/adaḥ-,"of me, the wood-devourer") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārtraghnamf(ī-)n. containing the word vṛtra-han- gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikamfn. and gaRa ukthādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varula equals sambhakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsavamf(ī-)n. containing the word vasu- gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsumatamfn. containing the word vasu-mat- gaRa vimuktādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātāsran. a particular class of diseases (equals vāta-rakta-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātāsṛj n. a particular class of diseases (equals vāta-rakta-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyasamf(ī-)n. containing the word vayas- gaRa vimuktādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyum. the god of the wind (often associated with indra- in the ṛg-- veda-, as vāta- [ q.v ] with parjanya-, but although of equal rank with indra-, not occupying so prominent a position;in the puruṣasūkta- he is said to have sprung form the breath of puruṣa-, and elsewhere is described as the son-in-law of tvaṣṭṛ-;be is said to move in a shining car drawn by a pair of red or purple horses or by several teams consisting of ninety-nine or a hundred or even a thousand horses[ see ni-y/ut-];he is often made to occupy the same chariot with indra-, and in conjunction with him honoured with the first draught of the soma- libation;he is rarely connected with the marut-s, although in , he is said to have begotten them from the rivers of heaven;he is regent of the nakṣatra- svāti- and north-west quarterSee loka-pāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅgan. "a limb (for preserving the body) of the veda-", Name of certain works or classes of works regarded as auxiliary to and even in some sense as part of the veda-, (six are usually enumerated [and mostly written in the sūtra- or aphoristic style];1. śikṣā-,"the science of proper articulation and pronunciation", comprising the knowledge of letters, accents, quantity, the use of the organs of pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the laws of euphony peculiar to the veda- [many short treatises and a chapter of the taittirīya-āraṇyaka- are regarded as the representatives of this subject;but other works on Vedic phonetics may be included under itSee prātiśākhya-]:2. chandas-,"metre"[represented by a treatise ascribed to piṅgala-nāga-, which, however, treats of Prakrit as well as Sanskrit metres, and includes only a few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. vyākaraṇa-,"linguistic analysis or grammar"[represented by pāṇini-'s celebrated sūtra-s]: 4. nirukta-,"explanation of difficult Vedic words"[ see yāska-]:5. jyotiṣa-,"astronomy", or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a small tract, the object of which is to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. kalpa-,"ceremonial", represented by a large number of sūtra- works[ see sūtra-]:the first and second of these vedāṅga-s are said to be intended to secure the correct reading or recitation of the veda-, the third and fourth the understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at sacrifices: the vedāṅga-s are alluded to by manu-, who calls them, in , pravacana-s, "expositions", a term which is said to be also applied to the brāhmaṇa-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasiddhāntam. Name of work ( vedāntasiddhāntakaumudī ta-kaumudī- f. vedāntasiddhāntacandrikā -candrikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntadīpikā -dīpikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntapradīpa -pradīpa- m. vedāntasiddhāntabheda -bheda- m. vedāntasiddhāntamuktāvalī -muktāvalī- f. vedāntasiddhāntaratnāñjali -ratnāñjali- m. vedāntasiddhāntasūktimañjarīprakāśa -kti-mañjarī-prakāśa- m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhukta(3. bhuj-), in bhukta-v- gaRa śāka-pārthivādi- ( on ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vic (confer, compare vij-) cl.7 P. A1. () vin/akti-, viṅkte- (2. sg. vivekṣi- ; perfect tense viveca- , parasmE-pada vivikv/as- Aorist avaikṣīt- grammar; future vektā-, vekṣyati- ; infinitive mood vektum- ; indeclinable -vicya-. -vecam- ), to sift, separate (especially grain from chaff by winnowing) ; to separate from, deprive of (instrumental case) ; to discriminate, discern, judge : Passive voice vicy/ate- (Aorist aveci-) etc.: Causal -vecayati- (Aorist avīvicat-) See vi-vic-: Desiderative vivikṣati- grammar : Intensive (or cl.3. See ) vevekti- [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin vicesetc.]
vihavyaf. (scilicet kta-) Name of (see havīya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihavyam. (scilicet kta-) Name of (see havīya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihāyas(v/i--) mfn. (for 2., from which perhaps it is scarcely separableSee vi--) vigorous, active, mighty (according to to Scholiast or Commentator equals mahat-, vañcanavat-, vyāptṛ-, vividha-gamana-yukta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vij (confer, compare vic-) cl.6 A1. vij/ate- (mc. also vijati-and vejate-,and according to to also cl.1 P. vinakti-,and cl.3 P. A1. vevekti-, vevikte-; perfect tense vivije-,3. plural jre- ; Aorist vikthās-, vikta- ; avijīt-, avijiṣṭa- grammar; future vijitā- ; vijiṣyati- ; vejiṣyati- ; infinitive mood vijitum- grammar), to move with a quick darting motion, speed, heave (said of waves) ; to start back, recoil, flee from (ablative) : Causal vejayati- (Aorist avīvijat-), to speed, accelerate ; to increase (See vejita-) ; to terrify (See idem or ' cl.10 P. () vicchayati-, to speak or to shine ; vicchāy/ati- (; see ), to go (with ny-ā-,to press or rub one's self against): Causal vicchāy/ayati-, to press, bring into straits (perhaps ) .'): Desiderative vivijiṣati- grammar : Intensive vevijy/ate- (parasmE-pada v/evijāna-), to tremble at (dative case), start or flee from (ablative) [ confer, compare German wi7chen,weichen; Anglo-Saxon wi7kan; English vigorous;weak.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viktamfn. separated etc. (see vi-vikta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viktamfn. empty (prob. wrong reading for rikta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipramuktamfn. varia lectio for vi-prayukta- (below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viprayuktamfn. not being in conjunction with (varia lectio pramukta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipṛcP. -pṛṇakti- (imperative -pṛṅktam- Potential -papṛcyāt- infinitive mood -p/ṛce-), to isolate, separate from (instrumental case) ; to scatter, dispel ; to fill, satiate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivṛktāf. a woman disliked or deserted by her husband (= dur-bhagā-) (varia lectio vi-viktā-and vi-riktā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraṇaghnagajadānavidhim. Name of work (with vṛddha-gautamokta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛj cl.1.7. P. () varjati-, vṛṇ/akti- ; cl.2 A1. () vṛkte- (Vedic or Veda and also v/arjate-and vṛṅkt/e-; imperative vṛṅktām-[ varia lectio vṛktām-] ; vṛṅgdhvam- ; perfect tense vavarja-, vavṛje-[ grammar also vavṛñje- vāvṛje-; vavṛjy/uḥ-, vavṛktam- parasmE-pada f. -varj/uṣī-]; Aorist avṛk- ; vark-[2. 3. sg. ], varktam-, avṛjan- Potential vṛjyām- ; /avṛkta- ; avṛkṣam-, ṣi- ; avārkṣīs- ; avarjīt-, avajiṣṭa- grammar; future varjitā- ; varjiṣyati- ; varkṣyati-, te- ; infinitive mood v/ṛje-, vṛñj/ase-, vṛj/adhyai- ; vajitum-or vṛñjitum- grammar; ind.p. vṛktv/ī- ; -v/ṛjya-, -vargam- etc.) , to bend, turn ; to twist off, pull up, pluck, gather (especially sacrificial grass) ; to wring off or break a person's (accusative) neck ; to avert, remove ; (A1.) to keep anything from (ablative or genitive case), divert, withhold, exclude, abalienate ; (A1.) to choose for one's self, select, appropriate : Passive voice vṛjy/ate-, to be bent or turned or twisted etc.: Causal varjayati- (; mc. also te-; Potential varjayīta- ; Aorist avavarjat-), to remove, avoid, shun, relinquish, abandon, give up, renounce etc. ; to spare, let live ; to exclude, omit, exempt, except (yitvā-with accusative = excepting, with the exception of) etc.: Passive voice of Causal varjyate-, to be deprived of. lose (instrumental case) (see varjita-): Desiderative vivṛkṣ/ate- (), vivarjiṣati-, te- (grammar), to wish to bend or turn etc.: Intensive varīvṛjyate-, varvarkti- (grammar; parasmE-pada v/arīvṛjat- ), to turn aside, divert: Causal of Intensive varīvarj/ayati- (p.f. yantī-), to turn hither and thither (the ears)
vṛttamfn. become (exempli gratia, 'for example' with mukta-,become free) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttamālāf. Name of work on metre. (also with vṛtta-muktā-phalānām-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttaśālinmfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttasampannamfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttastha equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyac (see vic-;prob. originally identical with 2. vy-ac-) cl.6 P. () vicati- (only in cl.3. proper vivyakti-,3. dual number vivikt/as-, subjunctive vivy/acat- ; imperfect tense avivyak-,3 plural avivyacus- ; perfect tense vivyāca-,2. sg. vivy/aktha- ; grammar also Aorist avyācīt-; preceding vicyāt-; future vyacitā-, vicitā-; vyaciṣyati-; infinitive mood vyacitum-; ind.p. vicitvā-), to encompass, embrace, comprehend, contain ; (vicati-) to cheat, trick, deceive : Causal vyācayati- (Aorist avivyacat-) grammar : Desiderative vivyaciṣati- : Intensive vevicyate-, vāvyacīti-, vāvyakti-
vyadyan. a particular kta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaktamfn. perceptible by the senses (opp. to a-vyakta-,transcendental) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaktan. (in sāṃkhya-)"the developed or evolved"(as the product of a-vyakta- q.v), (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaktīin compound for vy-akta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatiṣañjitamfn. equals vy-atiṣakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyuṣṭatrirātram. gaRa yuktārohy-ādi- (varia lectio vyuṣṭi-tr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyuṣṭitrirātram. gaRa yuktārohyādi- (see vyuṣṭa-tr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāduramf(ī-)n. embracing voluptuously (with copious effusion) ( yādurī- equals bahu-reto-yuktā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñikam. a sacrificer, one versed in sacrificial ritual etc. (see gaRa ukthādi-; equals yājaka-or yajña-kartṛ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasvinm. of various plants (wild cotton equals yava-tikta-, equals mahā-jyotiṣmatī-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāskam. (fr. yasku-) patronymic of the author of the nirukta- (or commentary on the difficult Vedic words contained in the lists called nighaṇṭu-s;he is supposed to have lived before pāṇini-; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāskaniruktan. yāska-'s nirukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yauktasrucan. (fr. yukta-+ sruc-) Name of a sāman-
yauvanan. Name of the third stage in the śākta- mysteries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogayoginmfn. equals -yukta- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuj (confer, compare 2. yu- cl.7 P. A1. ) yun/akti-, yuṅkt/e- (Epic also yuñjati-, te-;Ved. yojati-, te-; yuje-, yujmahe-,3. plural yujata- imperative yukṣv/a-; Potential yuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense yuy/oja-, yuyuj/e- etc. etc., 3. sg. yuyojate- ; Aorist Class. P. ayokṣīt-, ayaukṣīt-or ayujat-;Ved. also A1. /ayuji-;Ved. and Class. ayukṣi-, ayukta-; future yokt/ā- ; yokṣyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood yoktum- ; yuj/e- ; ind.p. yuktv/ā- etc.; yuktv/āya- ; -yujya- etc.), to yoke or join or fasten or harness (horses or a chariot) etc. ; to make ready, prepare, arrange, fit out, set to work, use, employ, apply ; to equip (an army) ; to offer, perform (prayers, a sacrifice) ; to put on (arrows on a bow-string) ; to fix in, insert, inject (semen) ; to appoint to, charge or intrust with (locative case or dative case) ; to command, enjoin ; to turn or direct or fix or concentrate (the mind, thoughts etc.) upon (locative case) etc. ; (P. A1.) to concentrate the mind in order to obtain union with the Universal Spirit, be absorbed in meditation (also with yogam-) etc. ; to recollect, recall ; to join, unite, connect, add, bring together etc. (A1.to be attached, cleave to ) ; to confer, or bestow anything (accusative) upon (genitive case or locative case) (A1.with accusative,to become possessed of ;with ātmani-,to use for one's self, enjoy ) ; to bring into possession of, furnish or endow with (instrumental case) etc. ; to join one's self to (accusative) ; (in astronomy) to come into union or conjunction with (accusative) : Passive voice yujy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist /ayoji-), to be yoked or harnessed or joined etc. etc. ; to attach one's self to (locative case) ; to be made ready or prepared for (dative case) ; to be united in marriage ; to be endowed with or possessed of (instrumental case with or without saha-) etc. ; (in astronomy) to come into conjunction with (instrumental case) ; to accrue to, fall to the lot of (genitive case) ; to be fit or proper or suitable or right, suit anything (instrumental case), be fitted for (locative case), belong to or suit any one (locative case or genitive case), deserve to be (Nominal verb) etc. ; (with na-) not to be fit or proper etc. for (instrumental case) or to (infinitive mood,also with pass. sense = "ought not to be") : Causal yojayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist ayūyujat-; Passive voice yojyate-), to harness, yoke with (instrumental case), put to (locative case) etc. ; to equip (an army), draw up (troops) etc. ; to use, employ, set to work, apply, undertake, carry on, perform, accomplish etc. ; to urge or impel to ; to lead towards, help to (locative case) ; to set (snares, nets etc.) ; to put or fix on (especially arrows) etc. ; to aim (arrows) at (locative case) ; to fasten on or in, attack, adjust, add, insert ; (with manas-, ātmānam-etc.) to direct the thoughts to, concentrate or fix the mind upon (locative case) ; to join, unite, connect, combine, bring or put together (also = write, compose) etc. ; to encompass, embrace ; to put in order, arrange, repair, restore ; to endow or furnish or provide with (instrumental case) etc. ; to mix (food) with (instrumental case) ; to confer anything upon (locative case) ; (in astronomy) to ascertain or know (jānāti-) the conjunction of the moon with an asterism (instrumental case) Va1rtt. 11 ; (A1.) to think little of, esteem lightly, despise in : Desiderative yuyukṣati-, to wish to harness or yoke or join etc. ; to wish to appoint or institute ; to wish to fix or aim (arrows) ; (A1.) to wish to be absorbed in meditation, devout : Intensive yoyujyate-, yoyujīti- or yoyokti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin jungere,jugum; Lithuanian ju4ngus; Slavonic or Slavonian igo; Gothic juk; German joh,Joch; Anglo-Saxon geoc; English yoke.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuktamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') added to, increased by (exempli gratia, 'for example' catur-yuktā viṃśatiḥ-,twenty increased by four id est 24) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuktamfn. fitted, adapted, conforming or adapting one's self to, making use of (instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' yuktaḥ kālena yaḥ-,one who makes use of the right opportunity) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuktamfn. fit, suitable, appropriate, proper, right, established, proved, just, due, becoming to or suitable for (genitive case locative case or compound, exempli gratia, 'for example' āyati-yukta-,suitable for the future;or in the beginning of a compound See below; yuktam-with yad-or an infinitive mood = it is fit or suitable that or to; na yuktam bhavatā-,it is not seemly for you) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuktāf. Name of a plant (see yukta-rasā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuvakam. a youth, young man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
40 results
     
adhyayanam अध्ययनम् 1 [इ-ल्युट्] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śūdra Ms.1.88.91. अध्ययनं च अक्षरमात्रपाठ इति वैदिकाः, सार्थाक्षरग्रहणमिति मीमांसकाः; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. यथा पशुर्भारवाही न तस्य भजते फलम् । द्विजस्तथार्थानभिज्ञो न वेदफलमश्रुते ॥ or better still Yāska's Nirukta : स्थाणुरयं भारहारः किलाभूदधीत्य वेदं न विजानाति यो$र्थम् । यो$र्थज्ञ इत् (अर्थविद्) सकलं भद्रमश्रुते नाकमेति ज्ञानविधूतपाप्मा ॥ See also under अनग्नि. -2 Muttering प्रणव mantra; वीतरागा महाप्रज्ञा ध्यानाध्ययनसम्पदा Mb. 12.3.49. (अध्ययनं प्रणवजपः इति टीका) -3 Teaching; कृत्वा चाध्ययनं तेषां शिष्याणां शतमुत्तमम् Mb.12.318.17 see अध्यापनम्.
anukram अनुक्रम् 1 U., 4 P. 1 To go after, follow (fig. also); महर्षिभिरनुक्रान्तं धर्मपन्थानमास्थितः Rām; to betake oneself to; तीर्थयात्रामनुक्रामन् Mb.; व्यवसायमनुक्रान्ता कान्ते त्वमति- शोभनम् Rām. -2 To count up, enumerate, state or go through in order; यच्चानुक्रान्तं यच्चानुक्रंस्यते Mbh. on P.I. 1.72; give a table of contents, used frequently in the Nirukta.
apākṣa अपाक्ष a. [अपनतः अक्षमिन्द्रियम्] 1 Present, perceptible. -2 [अपगते अपकृष्टे वा अक्षिणी यस्य] Eyeless; having bad eyes. अपाङ्क्त apāṅkta पाङ्क्तेय pāṅktēya पाङ्क्त्य pāṅktya अपाङ्क्त पाङ्क्तेय पाङ्क्त्य a. 'Not in the same row or line'; especially one who is not allowed by his castemen to sit in the same row with them at meals; degraded, excommunicated, excluded from or inadmissible into society, an outcast; ˚उपहत defiled by the presence of excommunicated or impious persons. एतान्वि- गर्हिताचारानपाङ्क्तेयान्द्विजाधमान् (विवर्जयेत्) Ms.3.167.
abhiyuj अभियुज् f. (क्-ग्) 1 Attacking &c. -2 An enemy. अभियोक्तव्य abhiyōktavya योज्य yōjya अभियोक्तव्य योज्य pot. p. To be rebuked or blamed; to be accused; न स राज्ञा$भियोक्तव्यः Ms.8.5; assailable, indictable.
upabhogin उपभोगिन् a. Enjoying, using. उपभोग्य upabhōgya भोक्तव्य bhōktavya भोज्य bhōjya उपभोग्य भोक्तव्य भोज्य pot. p. To be enjoyed, used or eaten; असूत सा नागवधूपभोग्यम् Ku.1.2;
upasargaḥ उपसर्गः 1 Sickness, disease, change occasioned by a disease; also a disease superinduced on another; क्षीणं हन्युश्चोपसर्गाः प्रभूताः Suśr. -2 Misfortune, trouble, calamity, injury, harm; प्रशमिताशेषोपसर्गाः प्रजाः Ratn.1.1; सोपसर्गं वो नक्षत्रम् M.4. sorrow; आपेदे उपसर्गस्तं तमः सूर्यमिवासुरम् Rām.2.63.2. -3 Portent, natural phenomenon foreboding evil. -4 An eclipse. -5 An indication or symptom of death. -6 Addition. -7 Possession by an evil spirit. -8 A preposition prefixed to roots; निपाताश्चादयो ज्ञेयाः प्रादयस्तूपसर्गकाः । द्योतकत्वात् क्रियायोगे लोकादवगता इमे ॥ उपसर्गास्तु विज्ञेयाः क्रियायोगेन विंशतिः । विवेचयन्ति ते ह्यर्थं नामाख्यातविभक्तिषु ॥ बृहद्देवता; आख्यातमुपगृह्यार्थविशेषमिमे तस्यैव सृजन्तीत्युपसर्गाः । Durga under Nirukta 1.3. उपेत्य नामाख्यातयोरर्थस्य विशेषं सृजन्त्युत्पादयन्ती- त्युपसर्गाः । Skanda. The नाट्यशास्त्र defines उपसर्ग thus: प्रातिपदिकार्थयुक्तं धात्वर्थमुपसृजन्ति ये स्वार्थैः । उपसर्गा उपदिष्टास्तस्मात् संस्कारशास्त्रे$स्मिन् ॥ A poetaster has framed the following समस्यापूरण stanza with the rule उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे (Pāṇini I.4.59); उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे पाणिनेरपि संमयम् । निष्क्रियो$पि तवारातिः सोपसर्गः सदा कथम् ॥ Upasargas are 2 in number:- प्र, परा, अप, सम्, अनु, अव, निस् or निर्, दुस् or दुर्, वि, आ (ङ्), नि, अधि, अपि, अति, सु, उत्, अभि, प्रति, परि, उप; or 22 if निस्-निर् and दुस्-दुर् be taken as separate words. There are two theories as to the character of these prepositions. According to one theory roots have various meanings in themselves (अनेकार्था हि धातवः); when prepositions are prefixed to them they simply bring to light those meanings already existent but hidden in them, but they do not express them, being meaningless themselves; cf. Śi.1.15:- सन्तमेव चिरमप्रकृतत्वादप्रकाशितमदिद्युतदङ्गे । विभ्रमं मधुमदः प्रमदानां धातुलीनमुपसर्ग इवार्थम् ॥ According to the other theory prepositions express their own independent meanings; they modify, intensify, and sometimes entirely alter, the senses of roots; cf. Sk.:- उपसर्गेण धात्वर्थो बलादन्यत्र नीयते । प्रहाराहारसंहारविहारपरिहारवत् ॥ cf. also धात्वर्थं बाधते कश्चित्कश्चित्तमनुवर्तते । तमेव विशिनष्टयन्य उपसर्गगतिस्त्रिधा ॥ (The latter theory appears to be more correct. For a fuller exposition see Nirukta). -9 An obstacle; ते समाधावुपसर्गा व्युत्थाने सिद्धयः । योगसूत्रs 3.39.
uruñjirā उरुञ्जिरा f. N. of the river Vipāś; Nirukta.
ṛc ऋच् f. [ऋच्यते स्तूयते$नया, ऋच् करणे क्विप्] 1 A hymn (in general). -2 A single verse, stanza, or text; a verse of the Ṛigveda (opp. यजुस् and सामन्); त्रेधा विहिता वागृचो यजूंषि सामानि Śat. Br. -3 The collective body of the Ṛigveda (pl.), ऋचः सामानि जज्ञिरे Rv.1.9.9. ऋक्साम यजुरेव च Bg.9.17. -4 Splendour (for रुच्). -5 Praise. -6 worship. -Comp. -अयनम् [ऋचामयनम्] N. of a book; ऋक्पारायण, ˚आदि N. of a collection of words in Pāṇini. -आवानम् the time for reciting the Vedas. -गाथा N. of a certain song consisting of riklike stanzas; ऋग्गाथा पाणिका दक्षविहिता ब्रह्मगीतिका Y.3.114. -तन्त्रम्, -व्याकरणम् N. of the Pariśiṣtas of the Sāma Veda. -ब्राह्मणम् The Aitareya Brāhmaṇa. -भाज् a. partaking of a Ṛik. (as a deity who is addressed with it). -विधानम् the performance of certain rites, by reciting verses of the Ṛigveda. -वेदः the oldest of the four Vedas, and the most ancient sacred book of the Hindus. [The Ṛigveda is said to have been produced from fire; cf. M.1.23. This Veda is divided, according to one arrangement, into 8 Aṣṭakas, each of which is divided into as many Adhyāyas; according to another arrangement into 1 Maṇḍalas, which are again subdivided into 1 Anuvākas, and comprises 1 sūktas. The total number of verses or Ṛiks is above 1]. -संहिता the arranged collection of the hymns of Ṛigveda. -साम (˚मे dual) the verses Ṛik and Sāman. ˚शृङ्गः N. of Viṣṇu.
ṛṣiḥ ऋषिः [cf. Uṇ.4.119] 1 An inspired poet or sage, a singer of sacred hymns, (e. g कुत्स, वसिष्ठ, अत्रि, अगस्त्य &c.). (These Ṛiṣis form a class of beings distinct from gods, men, Asuras &c. (Av.1.1.26). They are the authors or seers of the Vedic hymns; ऋषयो मन्त्रद्रष्टारो वसिष्ठादयः; or, according to Yāska, यस्य वाक्यं स ऋषिः, i. e. they are the persons to whom the Vedic hymns were revealed. In every Sūkta the ऋषि is mentioned along with the देवता, छन्दस् and विनियोग. The later works mention seven Ṛiṣis or saptarṣis whose names, according to Śat. Br., are गौतम, भरद्वाज, विश्वामित्र, जमदग्नि, वसिष्ठ, कश्यप and अत्रि; according to Mahābhārata, मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलह, क्रतु, पुलस्त्य and वसिष्ठ; Manu calls these sages Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind, and gives ten names, three more being added to the latter list, i. e. दक्ष or प्रचेतस्, भृगु and नारद. In astronomy the seven Ṛiṣis form the constellation of "the Great Bear"); यत्रा सप्त ऋषीन् पर एकमाहुः Rv.1.82.2. -2 A sanctified sage, saint, an ascetic, anchorite; (there are usually three classes of these saints; देवर्षि, ब्रह्मर्षि and राजर्षि; sometimes four more are added; महर्षि, परमर्षि, श्रुतर्षि and काण्डर्षि. -3 A ray of light. -4 An imaginary circle. -5 A hymn (मन्त्र) composed by a Ṛiṣi; एतद्वो$स्तु तपोयुक्तं ददामीत्यृषि- चोदितम् Mb.12.11.18; -6 The Veda; P.III.2.186. -7 A symbolical expression for number seven. -8 Life; Bhāg.1.87.5. -9 The moon. -Comp. -ऋणम् A debt due to Ṛiṣis. -कुल्या 1 a sacred river. -2 N. of महानदी, N. of सरस्वती; अथ तस्योशतीं देवीमृषिकुल्यां सरस्वतीम् Bhāg. 3.16.13. -कृत् a. making one's appearance; Rv.1.31. 16. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -चान्द्रायणम् N. of a particular observance. -च्छन्दस् n. the metre of a Ṛiṣi, -जाङ्गलः, -जाङ्गलिका the plant ऋक्षगन्धा, (Mar. म्हैसवेल). -तर्पणम् libation offered to the Ṛiṣis. -धान्यम् The grain Coix barbata (Mar. वरी). -पञ्चमी N. of a festival or ceremony on the fifth day in the first half of Bhādrapada (observed by women). -पुत्रकः Southern wood, Artemisia abrotanum (Mar. दवणा). -प्रोक्ता the plant माषपर्णी (Mar. रानउडीद). -बन्धु a. connected or related to the Ṛiṣi; Rv.8.1.6. -मनस् a. inspired; far-seeing, enlightened; Rv.9.96.18. -मुखम् the beginning of a Maṇḍala composed by a Ṛiṣi. -यज्ञः a sacrifice offered to a Ṛiṣi (consisting of a prayer in low voice). Ms.4.21. -लोकः the world of the Ṛiṣis. -श्राद्धम् Funeral oblations for the Ṛiṣis. a figurative expression for insignificant acts which are preceded by great preparation. -श्रेष्ठः (ष्ठम्) The pod of Helicteres isora : also the shrub of tree (Mar. मुरुड- शेंग). -स्तोमः 1 praise of the Ṛiṣis. -2 a particular sacrifice completed in one day.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
kulam कुलम् 1 A race, family; निदानमिक्ष्वाकुकुलस्य संततेः R.3.1. -2 The residence of a family, a seat, house, an abode; ददर्श धीमान्स कपिः कुलानि Rām.5.5.1; वसन्नृषि- कुलेषु सः R.12.25. -3 A high or noble family, noble descent; कुले जन्म Pt.5.2; कुलशीलसमन्वितः Ms.7.54,62; so कुलजा, कुलकन्यका &c. -4 A herd, troop, flock; collection, multitude; मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6; U.2.9; अलिकुलसंकुल Gīt.1; Śi.9.71; so गो˚, कृमि˚, महिषी˚ &c. -5 A lot, gang. band (in a bad sense). -6 A country. -7 The body. -8 The front or fore part. -9 A tribe, caste, community. -1 A blue stone. -लः The head of a guild or corporation. -ला See कुलतिथि. -Comp. -अकुल a. 1 of a mixed character or origin. -2 middling. ˚तिथिः m., f. the second, sixth, and the tenth lunar days of a fort-night in a month. ˚नक्षत्रम् N. of the lunar mansions आर्द्रा, मूला, अभिजित् and शतभिषा. ˚वारः Wednesday. -अङ्कुरः the scion of a family; अनेन कस्यापि कुला- ङ्कुरेण स्पृष्टस्य गात्रेषु सुखं ममैवम् Ś.7.19. -अङ्गना a respectable or high born (chaste) woman. -अङ्गारः a man who ruins his family; Pt.4. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -पर्वतः, -शैलः a principal mountain, one of a class of seven mountains which are supposed to exist in each division of the continent; their names are :-- महेन्द्रो मलयः सह्यः शुक्तिमान् ऋक्षपर्वतः । विन्ध्यश्च पारियात्रश्च सप्तैते कुलपर्वताः ॥ -अन्वित a. born in a noble family. -अभिमानः family pride. -अभिमानिन् a. proud of birth or family descent; कुलाभिमानी कुलजां नराधिपः Ki.1.31. -आख्या family-name, surname; कुलाख्या लोके गोत्रावयवा इत्युच्यन्ते Mbh. on P.IV. 1.79. -आचारः, -कर्मन् n., -धर्मः a duty or custom peculiar to a family or caste. -आचार्यः, -गुरुः 1 a family priest or teacher. -2 a geneologist. -आधारकः a son. -आपीडः, -शेखरः the glory of a family; तस्मिन्कुलापीडनिभे निपीडं सम्यग्महीं शासति शासनाङ्काम् R.18. 29. -आलम्बिन् a. maintaining a family. वरमेकः कुलालम्बी यत्र विश्रूयते पिता H. -ईश्वरः 1 the chief of a family. -2 N. of Śiva. (-रा) N. of Durgā. -उत्कट, a. high born. (-टः) a horse of a good breed. -उत्पन्न, उद्गत, -उद्भव a. sprung from a noble family, highborn; आमात्यमुख्यं धर्मज्ञं प्राज्ञं दान्तं कुलोद्भवम् Ms.7.141. -उद्वहः the head or perpetuator of a family; see उद्वह. -उपदेशः a family name. -कज्जलः one who is a disgrace to his family. -कण्टकः one who is a thorn or trouble to his family. -कन्यका, -कन्या a girl of high birth; विशुद्धमुग्धः कुलकन्यकाजनः Māl.7.1; गृहे गृहे पुरुषाः कुलकन्यकाः समुद्वहन्ति Māl.7. -करः, -कर्तृ m. the founder of a family. -करणिः A hereditary clerk or officer; E.I.XV.91. -कलङ्कः one who is a disgrace to his family. -कलङ्कितः a. causing disgrace to a family; न चाप्यहं गमिष्यामि कथां कुलकलङ्किताम् Ks.22.216. -क्षयः 1 ruin of a family. -2 extinction of a family; कुलक्षयकृतं दोषं मित्रद्रोहे च पातकम् Bg.1.39,4. -गरिमा m. family pride or dignity. -गिरिः, -भूभृत् m., -पर्वतः, -शैलः see कुलाचल above. -गृहम् a noble house; पर्याकुलं कुलगृहे$पि कृतं वधूनाम् Ṛs.6.21. -घ्न a. ruining a family; दोषैरेतैः कुलघ्नानाम् Bg.1.43. -ज, -जात a. 1 well-born, of high brith; प्रदाने हि मुनिश्रेष्ठ कुलं निरवशेषतः । वक्तव्यं कुलजातेन तन्नि- बोध महामते ॥ Rām.1.71.2. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Ki.1.31 (used in both senses). -जनः a high-born or distinguished person. -जाया a. high-born lady; कुलजाया सा जाया केवलजाया तु केवलं माया Udb. -तन्तुः one who continues or perpetuates a family. -तिथिः m., f. an important lunar day, viz:-- the 4th, 8th, 12th or 14th of a lunar fort-night. -तिलकः the glory of a family, one who does honour to his family. -दीपः, -दीपकः the glory of a family. -दुहितृ f. also कुलपुत्री; cf. P.VI. 3.7, Vārt.9; see कुलकन्या. -दूषण a. disgracing one's family; Mk. -देवता a tutelary deity; the guardian deity of a family; तामर्चिताभ्यः कुलदेवताभ्यः कुलप्रतिष्ठां प्रणमय्य माता Ku.7.27. -धन a. one whose wealth is the preservation of the good name of the family; कष्टो जनः कुलधनैरनुर- ञ्जनीयः U.1.14. (-नम्) the dearest and most valued treasure of the family; इक्ष्वाकूणां कुलधनमिदं यत्समाराधनीयः U.7.6. -धर्मः a family custom, a duty or custom peculiar to a family; उत्सन्नकुलधर्माणां मनुष्याणां जनार्दन Bg. 1.44; Ms.1.118;8.14. -धारकः a son. -धुर्यः (a son) able to support a family, a grown-up son; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7.71. -नन्दन a. gladdening or doing honour to a family. -नायिका a girl worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the lefthand Śāktas. -नारी a high bred and virtuous woman. -नाशः 1 ruin or extinction of a family. -2 an apostate, reprobate, outcast. -3 a camel. -नाशनम् conducive to the extinction of the family; मुसलं कुलनाशनम् Mb. -परंपरा the series of generations comprising a race. -पतिः 1 the head or chief of a family. -2 a sage who feeds and teaches 1, pupils; thus defined:- मुनीनां दशसाहस्रं यो$न्नदानादिपोषणात् । अध्यापयति विप्रर्षिरसौ कुलपतिः स्मृतः ॥ अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; R.1.95; U.3.48. -3 The head-servant (Gīrvāṇa); Bhāg.5.18.1. -4 N. of Kṛiṣṇa; कुन्दस्रजः कुलपतेरिह वाति गन्धः Bhāg.1.3.11. -पांसन a. one who disgraces one's family; इत्युक्तः स खलः पापो भोजानां कुलपांसनः Bhāg.19.1.35. -पांसुका a woman disgracing her family, an unchaste woman. -पालकम् an orange. -पालिः, -पालिका, -पाली f. a chaste or high-born woman. -पुत्रः a nobly-born youth; इह सर्वस्वफलिनः कुलपुत्रमहाद्रुमाः Mk.4.1. -पुत्री (See -दुहितृ). -पुरुषः 1 a respectable or high-born man; कुश्चुम्बति कुलपुरुषो वेश्याधरपल्लवं मनोज्ञमपि Bh.1.59. -2 an ancestor. -पूर्वगः (कः) an ancestor. तवापि सुमहाभागे जनेन्द्रकुलपूर्वकम् (v. l. जनेन्द्राः कुलपूर्वगाः) Rām.2.73.24. -भरः (कुलंभरः) 1 One who maintains the family. -बीजः the head or chief of a guild. -भार्या a virtuous wife. -भृत्या the nursing of a pregnant woman. -मर्यादा family honour or respectability. -मार्गः 1 a family custom, the best way or the way of honesty. -2 the doctrine of the Kaulas (कौलमार्ग). -योषित्, -वधू f. a woman of good family and character. त्यागिनां कुलयोषिताम् Ms.3.245; ब्रूते ब्रूते व्रजकुलवधूः कापि साध्वी ममाग्रे Udb. -लक्षणम् The characteristics of a noble family; आचारो विनयो विद्या प्रतिष्ठा तीर्थदर्शनम् । निष्ठा वृत्तिस्तपो दानं नवधा कुललक्षणम् ॥ -वारः a principal day; (i. e. Tuesday and Friday). -विद्या 1 knowledge handed down in a family, traditional knowledge. -2 one of the three आन्वीक्षिकी lores. -विप्रः a family-priest. -वृद्धः an old and experienced member of a family. -व्रतः, -तम् a family vow; गलितवयसामिक्ष्वाकूणामिदं हि कुलव्रतम् R.3.7; विश्वस्मिन्नधुना$न्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13. -शीलम् character or conduct honourable to a family. -श्रेष्ठिन् a. well-born, of a good family. (-m.) 1 the chief of a family or a guild. -2 an artisan of noble birth. -संख्या 1 family-respectability. -2 inclusion among respectable families; कुलसंख्यां च गच्छन्ति कर्षन्ति च महायशः Ms.3.66. -संततिः f. posterity, descendants, continuation of a lineage; दिवं गतानि विप्राणामकृत्वा कुलसंततिम् Ms.5.159. -सन्निधिः m. the presence of witnesses; Ms.8.194,21. -संभवः a. of a respectable family. -सेवकः an excellent servant. -स्त्री a woman of good family, a noble woman; अधर्माभिभवात् कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रियः Bg.1.41. -स्थितिः f. 1 antiquity or prosperity of a family -2 family observance or custom; U.5.23.
kaula कौल a. (-ली f.) [कुले भवः अण् cf. P.IV.2.96] 1 Relating to a family, राज्यं प्राप्तं यशश्चैव कौली श्रीरभिवर्धिता; Rām.4.29.9. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Bhāg.12.3.36. -3 Of a noble family, well-born. -लः A worshipper of शक्ति according to the left hand ritual. -लम् The doctrine and practices of the left hand Śāktas (for a short description of कौलधर्म see Karpūr. I, speech of भैरवानन्द). -Comp. -मार्गः the doctrine of the Kaulas.
kaulika कौलिक a. (-की f.) [कलादागतः ठक्] 1 Belonging to a family. -2 Customary in a family, ancestral. -कः 1 A weaver; कौलिको विष्णुरूपेण राजकन्यां निषेवते Pt.1.22. -2 An impostor, a heretic. -3 A follower of the left hand Śākta ritual.
kaulīna कौलीन a. [कौ पृथिव्यां लीनः अलुक्स˚; कुलादागतः खञ् वा; कुलालवः P.IV.1.139] Belonging to a noble family. -नः 1 The son of a female beggar. -2 A follower of the left hand Śākta ritual. -नम् 1 An evil report, a scandal; मालविकागतं किमपि कौलीनं श्रूयते M.3; तदेव कौलीनमिव प्रतिभाति V.2; Me.114; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36,84. -2 An improper act, bad or scandalous conduct; ख्याते तस्मिन् वितमसि कुले जन्म कौलीनमेतत् Ve.2.1. -3 A combat of animals. -4 Cock-fighting. -5 War, battle (in general). -6 High birth. -7 A privity, the pudenda.
kaulya कौल्य a. 1 Noble-born, of a high birth. -2 Of the left hand Śākta sect. -ल्यम् noble descent, high birth; Mb.12.286.15.
kṣamā क्षमा [क्षम्-अङ्] 1 Patience, forbearance, forgiveness; क्षमा सत्यं दमः शमः Bg.1.4,34;16.3; क्षमा शत्रौ च मित्रे च यतीनामेव भूषणम् H.2; R.1.22;18.9; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं कालज्ञस्य महीपतेः Ś.2.83. -2 The earth. -3 The number 'one'. -4 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -जः the planet Mars. -भुज्, -भुजः a king. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a prince; प्रातिष्ठन्त क्षमाभृताम् Śi.19.3. क्षमावत् kṣamāvat क्षमान्वित kṣamānvita क्षमायुक्त kṣamāyukta क्षमावत् क्षमान्वित क्षमायुक्त a. 1 Patient, indulgent. -2 Knowing what is proper or right; Rām.5.
ghaṭaḥ घटः [घट-अच्] 1 A large earthen water-jar, pitcher, jar, watering-pot; आकाशमेकं हि यथा घटादिषु पृथग्भवेत् Y. 3.144; कूपे पश्य पयोनिधावपि घटो गृह्णाति तुल्यं जलम् Bh.2.49. -2 The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (also called कुम्भ). -3 An elephant's frontal sinus. -4 Suspending the breath as a religious exercise. -5 A measure equal to 2 droṇas. -6 A part of a column; स्तम्भं विभज्य नवधा वहनं भागो घटो$स्य भागो$न्यः Bṛi. S.53.29. -7 A border. -8 A peculiar form of a temple; Bṛi. S.56.18,26. -9 The head; 'घटः समाधिभेदे ना शिरः कूटकटेषु च' Medinī; Mb.1.155.38. -Comp. -आटोपः covering for a carriage or any article of furniture. -उदरः N. of Gaṇeśa; घटोदरः शूर्पकर्णो गणाध्यक्षो मदोत्कटः Ks.55.165. -उद्भवः, -जः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of the sage Agastya. -ऊधस् f. (forming घटोध्नी) a cow with a full udder; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49. -कञ्चुकि n. a rite practised by Tāntrikas and Śāktas (in which the bodices of different women are placed in a receptacle (घट) and the men present at the ceremony are allowed to take them out one by one and then cohabit with the woman to whom each bodice belongs); Āgamapr. -कर्परः 1 N. of a poet. -2 a piece of a broken jar, pot-sherd; जीयेय येन कविना यमकैः परेण तस्मै वहेयमुदकं घट- कर्परेण Ghāṭ.22. -कारः, -कृत् m. a potter; Bṛi. S.15. 1;16.29. -ग्रहः a water-bearer. -दासी a procuress; cf. कुम्भदासी. -पर्यसनम् the ceremony of performing the funeral rites of a patita or apostate (who is unwilling to go back to his caste &c.) during his very life-time. -भवः, -योनिः Agastya. -भेदनकम् an instrument used in making pots. -राजः a water-jar of baked clay. -स्थापनम् placing a water-pot as a type of Durgā for nine days (नवरात्रम्).
camaḥ चमः A Chamaka sūkta; (P.V.2.4, Vārtt.2).
trasa त्रस a. [त्रस्-घञर्थे क] Movable, locomotive. -सः The heart. -सम् 1 A wood, forest. -2 Animals. -3 The aggregate of moving or living beings (लिङ्गशरीर); ऋजुः प्रणिहितो गच्छंस्त्रसस्थावरवर्जकः Mb.12.9.19. -4 Animals and men. -Comp. -दस्युः N. of a Vedic prince and author of some Vedic Sūktas; (also त्रसद्दस्यु); cf. Bhāg.9.6.33. -रेणुः 1 an atom, the mote or atom of dust which is seen moving in a sunbeam; cf. जालान्तरगते भानौ सूक्ष्मं यद् दृश्यते रजः । प्रथमं तत्प्रमाणानां त्रसरेणुं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.8.132; also Y.1.361. -2 N. of one of the wives of the sun.
dakṣiṇa दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer.
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
devī देवी 1 A female deity, a goddess. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 N. of Sarasvatī. -4 N. of Sāvitrī. -5 A queen, especially a crowned queen (अग्रमहिषी who has undergone the consecration along with her husband); प्रेष्य- भावेन नामेयं देवीशब्दक्षमा सती । स्नायीयवस्त्रक्रियया पत्त्रोर्णं वोपयुज्यते M.5.12; देवीभावं गमिता परिवारपदं कथं भजत्येषा K. P.1. -6 A respectful title applied to a lady of the first rank. -7 A kind of bird (श्यामा). -8 A particular supernatural power (कुण्डलिनी). -Comp. -कोटः 1 the city of Bāṇa (शोणितपुर). -2 Devikotta (on the Coromandal coast). -गृहम् 1 the temple of a goddess. -2 the apartment of a queen. -पुराणम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -भागवतम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -भावः the dignity of a queen. -सूक्तम् a Sūkta addressed to Devī.
daivata दैवत a. (-ती f.) [देवता-अण्] 1 Divine. -2 (At the end of an adj. comp.) Honouring or worshipping as one's deity, as in सूर्यदैवता जनाः -तम् A god, deity, divinity; मृदं गां दैवतं विप्रं घृतं मधु चतुष्पथं प्रदक्षिणानि कुर्वीत Ms.4.39, 153; U.4.4.; Amaru.3; हन्त प्रिया दैवतमस्य देवी Bhāg. 4.4.28. -2 A number of gods, the whole class of gods; Ve.2. -3 An idol. (The word is said to be m. also, but is rarely used in that gender. Mammata notices it as a fault called अप्रयुक्तत्व; see अप्रयुक्त). -4 N. of the third Kāṇḍa of Yāskas Nirukta. -Comp. -पतिः N. of Indra. -सरित् f. the Ganges.
dhanam धनम् [धन्-अच्] 1 Property, wealth, riches, treasure, money (gold, chattels &c.); धनं तावदसुलभम् H. 1; (fig. also) as in तपोधन, विद्याधन, &c. -2 (a) Any valued possession, an object of affection or endearment, dearest treasure; कष्टं जनः कुलधनैरनुरञ्जनीयः U.1.14; गुरोरपीदं धनमाहिताग्नेः R.2.44; मानधन, अभिमान˚ &c. (b) A valuable article; Ms.8.21,22. -3 Capital (opp. वृद्धि or interest). -4 A booty, prey, spoil. -5 The reward given to a victor in a combat, the prize won in a game. -6 A contest for prizes, a match. -7 The lunar mansion called धनिष्ठा -8 Surplus, residue. -9 (In math.) The affirmative quantity or plus (opp. ऋण). -1 A sound. -Comp. -अधिकारः right to property, right of inheriting property. -अधिकारिन् m. -अधिकृतः 1 a treasurer. -2 an heir. -अधिगोप्तृ m., -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः, -अध्यक्षः 1 an epithet of Kubera; अनुचेरण धनाधिपते रथो नगविलोकनविस्मितमानसः (स जगदे) Ki.5.16. धना- धिपेन विद्धस्य अनुह्रादस्य संयुगे Hariv.; यदस्माकं धनाध्यक्षः प्रभूतं धनमाहरत् Mb.179.18. -2 a treasurer. -अपहारः 1 fine. -2 plunder. -अर्चित a. 1 honoured with gifts of wealth, kept contented by valuable presents; मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. -2 wealthy, opulent. -अर्थिन् a. desiring or seeking for wealth, covetous, miserly. -आढ्य a. opulent, rich. -आदानम् acceptance of money; Ms.11.69. -आधारः a treasury. -आशा f. Desire for wealth; धनाशा जीविताशा च जीर्यतो$पि न जीर्यति Subhāṣ. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a treasurer. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -उष्मन् m. 1 warmth of wealth; cf. अर्थोष्मन्; -2 burning desire for wealth; Ms.9.231. -एषिन् m. a creditor who claims his money. -काम, -काम्य a. covetous, greedy. -केलिः an epithet of Kubera. -क्षयः loss of wealth; धनक्षये वर्धति जाठराग्निः Pt.2.178. -गर्व, -गर्वित a. purse-proud. -छूः the numidian crane. -जातम् all kinds of valuable possessions, aggregate property; सर्वेषां धनजातानामाददी- ताग्ऱ्यमग्रजः Ms.9.114. -द a. liberal. (-दः) 1 a liberal or munificent man. -2 an epithet of Kubera; जिगमिषुर्ध नदाध्युषितां दिशम् R.9.25;17.8. -3 N. of fire. -4 = धनञ्जय (4) q. v. ˚अनुजः an epithet of Rāvaṇa; R.12.52.88. -दण्डः punishment in the shape of a fine. -दायिन् m. fire. -धानी treasury. -धान्यम् 1 money and grain. -2 a spell for restraining certain magical weapons. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Kubera; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77,7. -2 a treasurer. -3 = धनञ्जय (4) q. v. -पालः 1 a treasurer. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पिशाचिका, -पिशाची 'the demon of wealth', an avaricious desire of wealth, greed, avarice. -प्रयोगः usury. -मद a. purseproud. (-दः) pride of wealth. -मूलम् principal, capital. -लोभः avarice, cupidity. -व्ययः 1 expenditure. -2 extravagance. -सूः f. 1 mother of daughters; L. D. B. -2 m. the forktailed shrike. -स्थानम् 1 a treasury. -2 the second mansion from लग्न in a horoscope. हरः 1 an heir. -2 a thief. -3 a kind of perfume. -हार्य a. to be won over by wealth; वहसि हि धनहार्यं पण्यभूतं शरीरम् Mk.1.31;5.9. -हीन a. deprived of wealth, poor.
nigamaḥ निगमः The Veda or Vedic text; साढ्यै साढ्वा साढेति निगमे P.VI.3.113; VII.2.64; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3; Māl.9.4; निगमशब्दो वेदवाची Sāyaṇa Bhāṣya. -2 Any passage or word quoted from the Vedas, a Vedic sentence; तथापि च निगमो भवति (often found in Nirukta). -3 A work auxiliary to, and explanatory of the Vedas; नित्यं शास्त्राण्यवेक्षेत निगमांश्चैव वैदिकान Ms.4.19. and Kull. thereon. -4 A sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man. -5 A root (as the source of a word). -6 Certainty, assurance. -7 Logic or science of ethics; सर्वे च ये$न्ये धृतराष्ट्रपुत्रा बलप्रधाना निगमप्रधानाः Mb.5.2.6. -8 Trade, traffic. -9 A market, fair. -1 A caravan of wandering merchants; Rām.2.15.2. -11 A road, market-road. -12 A city. -13 Insertion of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula. -14 Resolution; स्वनिगममपहाय मत्प्रतिज्ञाम् Bhāg.1.9.37. -15 Precept, advice; इमं स्वनिगमं ब्रह्मन्नवेत्य मदनुष्ठितम् Bhāg.1.5.39. -16 Obtainment (प्राप्ति); पन्था मन्निगमः स्मृतः Bhāg.11.19.42.
nigha निघ a. As high as broad. -घः 1 A ball. -2 Sin. -Comp. -अनिघ a. of different forms or sizes. निघण्टः nighaṇṭḥ निघण्टुः nighaṇṭuḥ निघण्टः निघण्टुः 1 A vocabulary or glossary of words. -2 Particularly the glossary of Vedic words explained by Yāska, in his Nirukta.
naigama नैगम a. (-मी f.) [निगम्-अण्] Relating to or occurring in the Veda or holy writings; as in ˚काण्डम्. जपन् वै नैगमान् मन्त्रांस्तस्थौ पर्वतराडिव Rām.7.34.18. -मः 1 An interpreter of the Vedas or sacred writings; ब्राह्मणा नैगमास्तत्र परिवार्योपतस्थिरे Mb.16.7.8; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29; इति नैगमाः -2 An Upaniṣad q. v. -3 A means, an expedient; तेषां प्रतिविघातार्थं प्रवक्ष्याम्यथ नैगमम् Mb.12.1.4. -4 Prudent conduct. -5 A citizen, towns-man. -6 A trader, merchant; धाराहारोप- नयनपरा नैगमाः सानुमन्तः V.4.4. -7 A name given to a collection of 278 Vedic words, commented on by Yāska. -Comp. -काण्डः, -ण्डम् N. of the three chapters of the Nirukta, where the Vedic words are explained by Yāska.
naighaṇṭukam नैघण्टुकम् N. of the glossary of Vedic words commented upon and explained by Yāska in his Nirukta.
pallavaḥ पल्लवः वम् 1 A sprout, sprig, twig, करपल्लवः; लतेव संनद्धमनोज्ञपल्लवा R.3.7; Ku.3.54. -2 A bud, blossom. -3 Expansion, spreading, dilating. -4 The red dye called Alakta, q. v. पाणियुग्ममपि सह पल्लवेन अलक्तरागेण वर्तते; cf. Jinarāja com. on N.1.83. -5 Strength, power. -6 A blade or grass. -7 A bracelet, an armlet. -8 Love, amorous sport. -9 The end of a robe or garment; क्षौममाकुलकरा विचकर्ष क्रान्तपल्लवमभीष्टतमेन Śi.1.83. -1 Unsteadiness (चापलम्). -11 A story, narrative; सपल्लवं व्यासपराशराभ्यां... यद् ववृते पुराणम् N.1.83. -वः A libertine; Viś. Guṇa.425. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः a leaf-bud. -आधारः a branch. -अदः a deer. -अस्त्रः an epithet of the god of love. -आपीडित a. full of or laden with buds. -ग्राहिता 1 dealing with trifles. -2 superficial knowledge. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 putting forth sprouts. -2 dealing with trifles. -3 diffusive or superficial. -द्रुः the Aśoka tree.
puṇḍraḥ पुण़्ड्रः [पुण्ड्-भेदने रक् Uṇ 2.13] 1 A kind of sugarcane (red variety). -2 A lotus in general. -3 A white lotus -4 A mark or line (on the fore-head) made with sandal &c., sectarial mark; उत्थं तत् पुण्ड्रमूर्ध्वं जनिमरणतमः खण्डनं मण्डनं च Viṣṇupād Stotra 43. -5 A worm. -6 The Atimukta creeper. -ण्ड्राः (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants. -Comp. -केलिः an elephant.
pūrṇa पूर्ण p. p. [पुर्-क्त नि˚] 1 Filled, filled with, full of; opt. in comp; तं तथा कृपयाविष्टमश्रुपूर्णाकुलेक्षणम् Bg.2.1; so शोक˚, जल˚ &c. -2 Whole, full, entire, complete; पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते Īśop.1; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः R.3.38. -3 Fulfilled, accomplished. -4 Ended, completed. -5 Past, elapsed. -6 Satisfied, contented. -7 Full-sounding, sonorous. -8 Strong, powerful. -9 Selfish, or self-indulgent. -1 Drawn, bent (as a bow) आकर्णपूर्णै- रहनदाक्षेपैराहतं पुनः Bhāg.8.11.1. -11 Allpervading; पूर्णमप्रवर्तीति वा अहमेतमुपास Bṛi. Up.2.1.5; Mb.14.2.28. -र्णा 1 An epithet of the fifteenth digit of the moon. -2 N. of the fifth, tenth, and fifteenth lunar days or tithis. -र्णम् Ved. 1 Abundance, plenty. -2 Water. -Comp. -अङ्कः an integer. -अञ्जलिः two handfuls. -अभिलाष a. satisfied, contented. -अभिषिक्ताः a particular sect of the Śāktas. -अभिषेकः a kind of अभिषेकः known in tantraśāstra as belonging to कौलपन्थ. -अमृता epithet of the sixteenth digit of the moon. -अवतारः N. of the fourth, seventh and eighth incarnations of Viṣṇu. -आनकम् 1 a drum. -2 the sound of a drum. -3 a vessel. -4 a moon-beam. -5 = पूर्णपात्र q. v.; (sometimes read पूर्णालक also). -आनन्दः the Supreme Being. -आश a. one whose all desires are fulfilled; पूर्णाशा बहवः कृता वितरणैर्येन त्वया याचकाः -आहुतिः f. an offering made with a full ladle; पूर्णाहुतिभिरापूर्णास्त्रिभिः पूर्यन्ति तेजसा Mb.14.2.28. -इन्दुः the full moon. -उत्सङ्ग a. far advanced in pregnancy. -उपमा a full or complete simile, i. e. one in which the four requisites उपमान, उपमेय, साधारणधर्म and उपमाप्रतिपादक are all expressed; (opp. लुप्तोपमा); e. g. अम्भोरुहमिवाताम्नं मुग्धे करतलं तव; see K. P.1 under उपमा. -ककुद a. full-humped. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled, satisfied, contented. (-मः) N. of the Supreme Being. -कुम्भः 1 a full jar. -2 a vessel full of water; (placed at the door as an auspicious mark); पूर्णकुम्भौ चक्रवाकानुकारौ पयोधरौ DK.1.1. -3 a particular mode of fighting; बाहुपाशादिकं कृत्वा पादाहत- शिरावुभौ । उरोहस्तं ततश्चक्रे पूर्णकुम्भौ प्रयुज्य तौ ॥ Mb.2.23.14 (com. ग्रथिताङ्गुलिभ्यां हस्ताभ्यां पदशिरसः पीडनं पूर्णकुम्भः). -4 a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a water-jar; तदत्र पक्वेष्टके पूर्णकुम्भ एव शोभते Mk.3. -पर्वेन्दु f. the day of full moon. -पात्रम् 1 a full cup or jar. -2 a cup-ful. -3 a measure of capacity (equal to 256 handfuls); (अष्टमुष्टि भवेत् किञ्चित् किञ्चिदष्टौ तु पुष्कलम् । पुष्कलानि तु चत्वारि पूर्णपात्रं प्रचक्षते ॥); पूर्णपात्रमयीमाहुः पाकयज्ञस्य दक्षिणाम् Mb.12.6.38. -4 a vessel (or a box or basket) filled with valuable things (such as clothes, ornaments &c.) and scrambled for by servants or relatives on festive occasions or distributed as presents; hence, the word is often used to denote 'a present made to one who brings a happy news'; कदा मे तनयजन्ममहोत्सवानन्दनिर्भरो हरिष्यति पूर्णपात्रं परि- जनः K.62,7,73,165; सखीजनेनापह्रियमाणपूर्णपात्रम 299; तत् कामं प्रभवति पूर्णपात्रवृत्त्या स्वीकर्तुं मम हृदयं च जीवितं च Māl. 4.1; किं पूर्मपात्रस्य न पात्रमासीत् Rām. champū. (पूर्णपात्र is thus defined:-- हर्षादुत्सवकाले च यदलंकारांशुकादिकम् । आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं स्यात् पूर्णकं च तत् ॥ or वर्धापकं यदानन्दादलंकारा- दिकं पुनः ॥ आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं पूर्णानकं च तत् ॥ Hārāvalī). -5 a vessel full of rice presented to the priests at the end of the sacrifice. -प्रज्ञ a. one whose prajñā is fully developed. -ज्ञः N. of Madhava, the founder of a kind of Vaiṣṇava cult. -बी (वी) जः the citron. -मानस a. contented. -मास् m. 1 the sun. -2 the moon. (-f.) the day of full moon. -मासः 1 the moon. -2 a monthly sacrifice performed on the day of full moon; (comprising the आग्नेय, अग्नीषोमीय and उपांशुयाज sacrifices); कानि पुनर्दर्शपूर्णमासशब्दकानि । येषां वचने पौर्णमासीशब्दो$मावास्य- शब्दो वा आग्नेयादीनि तानि ॥ ŚB. on MS.4.4.34. -मासी the day of full moon. -रथः a complete warrior. -वपुस् a. full (the moon). -होमः = पूर्णाहुतिः q. v.
pṛtanājyam पृतनाज्यम् A close combat or fight; पृतनानामजनाद् वा पृतनाज्यं जयनाद् वा Nirukta.
paunaḥpunyam पौनःपुन्यम् Frequent or constant repetition. पौनरुक्तम् paunaruktam पौनरुक्त्यम् paunaruktyam पौनरुक्तम् पौनरुक्त्यम् 1 Repetition; अतिप्रियो$सीति पौनरुक्त्यम् K.237; R.12.4. -2 Superfluity, redundancy, uselessness; अभिव्यक्तायां चन्द्रिकायां किं दीपिकापौन- रुक्त्येन V.3.
bhramara भ्रमर [भ्रम्-करन्] 1 A bee, large black bee; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णां विकसितवदनामनल्पजल्पे$पि । त्वयि चपले$पि च सरसां भ्रमर कथं वा सरोजिनीं त्यजसि ॥ Bv.1.1. (where the next meaning is also suggested). -2 A lover, gallant, libertine. -3 A potter's wheel. -4 A young man. -5 A top; अभ्रामयदहो दारुभ्रमरं स कदाचन Śiva B.7.32. -6 A particular position of the hand. -री A bee; अमरी- कबरीभारभ्रमरीमुखरीकृतम् Kuval. -2 Lac. -रम् Giddiness, vertigo. -Comp. -अतिथिः the Champaka tree. -अभि- लीन a. with bees clung or attached to; तिरश्चकार भ्रमरा- भिलीनयोः सुजातयोः पङ्कजकोशयोः श्रियम् R.3.8. -अलकः a curl on the forehead. -आनन्दः 1 the Bakula tree. -2 the Atimukta creeper. -इष्टः the tree called श्योनाक. -उत्सवा the Mādhavī creeper. -करण्डकः a small box containing bees (carried by thieves to extinguish light in a house by letting the bees escape); Dk.2.2. -कीटः a species of wasp. -निकरः a multitude of bees. -पदम् a kind of metre. -प्रियः a kind of Kadamba tree. -बाधा molestation by a bee; Ś.1. -मण्डलम् a swarm of bees. -विलसितम् 1 the sporting of bees. -2 N. of a metre.
madana मदन a. (-नी f.) [माद्यति अनेन, मद्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Intoxicating, maddening. -2 Delighting, exhilarating. -नः 1 The god of love, Cupid; व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.27; हतमपि निहन्त्येव मदनः Bh.3.18. -2 Love, passion, sexual love, lust; विनयवारितवृत्तिरतस्तया न विवृतो मदनो न च संवृतः Ś.2.11; सतन्त्रिगीतं मदनस्य दीपकम् Ṛs.1.3; R.5.63; so मदनातुर, मदनपीडित &c. -3 The spring season. -4 A bee. -5 Bees'-wax. -6 A kind of embrace. -7 The Dhattūra plant. -8 The Khadira tree. -9 The Bakula tree. -1 N. of the 7th mansion (in astrol.). -11 A kind of measure (in music). -ना, -नी 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 Musk. -3 The atimukta creeper. (नी only in these two senses). -नम् 1 Intoxicating. -2 Gladdening, delighting. -Comp. -अग्रकः a species of grain (कोद्रव). -अङ्कुशः 1 the penis. -2 a finger-nail, or a wound inflicted by it in cohabitation. -अत्ययः excess of intoxication; मद्येन खलु जायन्ते मदात्ययमुखा गदाः Bhāva. P. -अन्तकः, -अरिः, -दमनः, -दहनः, -नाशनः, -रिपुः epithets of Śiva. -अवस्थ a. in love, enamoured. -आतपत्रम् the vulva. -आतुर, -आर्त, -क्लिष्ट, -पीडित a. afflicted by love, smit with love, love-sick; रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा (अभिपेदे) R.12.32; Ś.3.13. -आयुधम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 'Cupid's missle', said of a very lovely woman. -आलयः, -यम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 a lotus. -3 a king. -आशयः sexual desire. -इच्छाफलम् a kind of mango. -उत्सवः the vernal festival celebrated in honour of Cupid. (-वा) an apsaras. -उत्सुक a. pining or languid with love. -उद्यानम् 'a pleasure-garden', N. of a garden. -कण्टकः 1 erection of hair caused by the feeling of love. -2 N. of a tree. -कलहः 'love's quarrel', sexual union; ˚छेद- सुलभाम् Mal.2.12. -काकुरवः a dove or pigeon. -गृहम् pudendum muliebre. -गोपालः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -तन्त्रम् the science of sexual love. -त्रयोदशी the thirteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -द्वादशी a festival in honour of Cupid on the 12th day of the bright half of Chaitra. -ध्वजा the पौर्णिमा day of Chaitra month. -नालिका a faithless wife. -पक्षिन् m. the Khañjana bird. -पाठकः the cuckoo. -पीडा, -बाधा pangs or torments of love. -महः, -महोत्सवः a festival celebrated in honour of Cupid; मदनमहोत्सवाय रसिकमनांसि समुल्लासयन् Dk.2.5. -मोहनः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -रसः poison; मदनरस- योगेनातिसन्धाय अपहरेत् Kau. A.1.15. -ललितम् amorous sport or dalliance. -ललिता N. of a metre; वेदाङ्गाङ्गैर्मदन- ललिता मो भो नमलसाः V. Ratna. (com.). -लेखः a loveletter. -वश a. influenced by love, enamoured. -विनोदः N. of a medical vocabulary attributed to मदनपाल. -शलाका 1 the female of the cuckoo. -2 an aphrodisiac. -3 the female parrot (also मदनसारिका). -संदेशः a message of love.
mudrā मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś.
yāskaḥ यास्कः N. of the author of the Nirukta.
vaiṣṇava वैष्णव a. (-वी f.) [विष्णुर्देवतास्य तस्येदं वा अण्] 1 Relating to Viṣṇu; गां गतस्य तव धाम वैष्णवम् R.11.85. -2 Worshipping Viṣṇu. -वः 1 One of the three important modern Hindu sects, the other two being Śaiva and Śākta sects. -2 N. of the asterism Śravaṇa. -वी 1 The personified Śakti or energy of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -4 The Tulasī plant. -वम् 1 The residence of Viṣṇu; i. e. वैकुण्ठ. -2 The ashes of a burnt offering. -Comp. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -स्थानकम् (in drama) walking about the stage with great strides.
śaktiḥ शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman.
śākta शाक्त a. (-क्ती f.) [शक्तिर्देवता$स्य अण्] 1 Relating to power. -2 Relating to Śakti or the female personification of divine energy. -क्तः A worshipper of Śakti; (the Śāktas are generally worshippers of Durgā representing the female personification of divine energy, and the ritual enjoined to them is of two kinds, the pure or right hand ritual दक्षिणाचार, and impure or left-hand ritual वामाचार q. q. v. v.).
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
4 results
     
muc muc release, VI. muñcá: ppf. ámumuktam, vii. 71, 5.
yukta yuk-tá, pp. yoked, vii. 63, 2 [yuj yoke, Gk. ζευκτό-ς, Lat. iunctu-s, Lith. jùnkta-s].
vyȧkta vy-ȧkta, pp. distinguished by (inst.), x. 14, 9; palpable, x. 127, 7 [ví + añj adorn].
saṃpṛkta sáṃ-pṛkta, pp. mixed with (inst.), x. 34, 7 [pṛc mix].
     Macdonell Search  
126 results
     
kta suffix ta of the pp. (gr.).
akta pp. of √ ag and √ añg.
aguruprayukta pp. not directed by one's teacher.
atiprayukta pp. very usual; -vritta, pp. much busied with (in.); -vriddha, pp. very aged; too haughty.
atirakta f. excessive liking for (lc.); -ratita, n. violent shrieking; -ratna, n. precious gem; jewel of the first water; -ratha, m. great champion; -rabhasa, a. very wild, -impetuous; -m, ad.; -ramanîya, fp. extremely charming: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -ramya, fp. id.; -raya, a. running extremely fast; -rasa, a. very palatable; m. too strong a key-note (rh.); violent desire: -tas, ad. too eagerly.
anatirikta pp. not excessive.
ananūkta pp. not having studied (with a teacher).
anabhivyakta pp. dim.
anabhiyukta pp. not caring about (lc.).
anāmukta pp. not yet worn.
anirṇikta pp. unpurified.
anirukta pp. unexpressed; im plicit: said of verses in which the deity is not expressly named.
aniyukta pp. not commissioned, not instructed; unfamiliar with (lc.).
anukta pp. unuttered, undiscussed; unsummoned: -tva, n. abst. n.; -klîva-vaka na, a. not having uttered vain words.
anukūlokta n. pleasing speech.
anurakta pp. devoted, attached, fond; -rakti, f. attachment, fondness; -rañg aka, a. gratifying; -rañgana, n. gaining the affection of; -rathyâ, f. footpath, pavement; -râga, m. colouring; redness; affection; at tachment; fondness for (--°ree;); contentment: -vat, a. red; fond; enamoured of (saha): -î, f. N.: -sri&ndot;gâravatyau, du. f. Anurâgavatî and Sri&ndot;gâravatî; -râgi-tâ, f. attachment; -râ gin, a. attached to; worldly; enamoured; lovely; -râtram, ad. by night.
aparakta pp. bleached, pale.
apunarukta pp. never palling.
apratimukta pp. not given leave; -yatna-pûrva, a. not artificially produced.
aprayukta pp. unemployed, un usual; inappropriate; -yukkhat, pr. pt. not careless; attentive; -yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being added; not being lent on interest.
abhiyoktavya fp. to be prose cuted; -yoktri, m. assailant; plaintiff; -yoga, m. employment; exertion, diligence; attack; charge; -yogin, a. prosecuting; -yogya, fp. to be attacked, assailable.
abhiṣikta pp. sprinkled, an ointed, installed, inaugurated; -sheká, m. besprinkling; inauguration (of a king); water for inauguration; ablution; -shekta vya, fp. to be inaugurated; -shekana, n. in auguration (of a king); -shekanîya, fp. relat ing to inauguration; m. inauguration; -she- nana, n. expedition against (--°ree;).
abhivyakta pp. √ añg: -m, ad. plainly; -vyakti, f. manifestation.
abhukta pp. unenjoyed.
abhakta pp. not apportioned; not devoted.
amṛkta pp. unhurt, intact.
amukta pp. not let go, -discharged, -liberated.
ayukta pp. unyoked; unconnected; unattached to (lc.); unintent; unsuitable, un seemly; n. unsuitable metaphor; -tva, n. in appropriateness; -rûpa, a. unsuitable.
arikta pp. not empty.
arthayukta pp. significant; -yukti, f. gain, advantage; -râsi, m. wealth; -ruki, a. avaricious; -lâbha, m. acquisition of wealth; -lubdha, pp. avaricious; -lolupa-tâ, f. love of money; -vat, a. wealthy; significant; in telligible; ad. judiciously: -tâ, f., -tva, n. significance; -vargita, pp. meaningless; -varman, m. N.; -vâda, m. explanation of the purpose; praise; -vâdin, a. reporting facts; -vid, a. knowing the sense; -vinâsana, a. de trimental; -viparyaya, m. impoverishment; poverty; -vriddhi, f. increase of wealth; -vy avahâra, m. pecuniary suit.
ardhokta pp. half-said, half-told; n. half-speech; -½ukkhishta, pp. half left over; -½udita, pp. half-risen; -½upa-bhukta, pp. half-consumed; -½uruka, a. reaching half way down the thigh; n.short overcoat.
alakta alakta, ˚ka m. (n.) red lac.
alaktakāṅka a. red-coloured.
avasakta pp. (√ sañg) fixed; -sak thikâ, f. loin cloth: -m kri, place a cloth round the loins; -sanna, pp. ended, waned; spent; -sara, m. occasion, opportunity; right time; appropriateness, use; turn; -sárpana, n. descent; -sarpinî, f. descending cycle; -sâda, m. sitting down; sinking; exhaustion, lassi tude; defeat: -na, n. discouragement; de jection; -s&asharp;na, n. resting-place; cessation; end; death; end of a sentence or verse; pause: -bhûmi, f. acme; -sita, pp. (√ sâ) ended: -½artha, a. satisfied; -siti, f. conclusion, end; -seka, m. sprinkling; bleeding (by leeches); -sekana, n. sprinkling; water for washing; bleeding.
aviyukta pp. unseparated from (in.); -yoga, m. non-separation from (in.); -rata, pp. not desisting from (ab.); ceaseless: -m, ad.; -ramat, pr. pt. not desisting fr. (ab.).
avimuktaśaiva m. Saiva monk of a certain grade; -½âpîda, m. N. of a king; -½îsa, m. Siva.
avibhakta pp. undivided; having community of goods; -bhâga, m. no division.
aviprayukta pp. not severed; -pluta, pp. inviolate; true to one's vow.
avivikta pp. undistinguished; not decided; -vrita, pp. not uncovered; un known, hidden; not showing one's weak points.
aviṣakta pp. not attached to or set on (--°ree;); irresistible.
avyatirikta pp. not separated from.
avyakta pp. not manifest, imperceptible; indistinct; m. universal soul; n. unevolved primordial matter; primordial spirit; -rûpa, a. indistinct, indefinite; of uncertain sex.
aśakta pp. incapable of (inf., d., lc.).
asakta pp. unworldly; unattached, to (lc.): -m, ad. instantly.
asikta pp. unwatered.
ārakta pp. reddish, pink: -½aksha, a. pink-eyed.
āyukta (pp.) m., °ree; -ka, m. official.
āvyakta pp. perfectly clear.
āsakta pp. (√ sañg) attached; intent on; -bhâva, a. in love with (lc.).
ukta pp. (√ vak) spoken, uttered; addressed; n. word, expression: -tva, n. statement; -pûrva, a. said before; -pratyuktá, n. address and reply, conversation; -mâtra, a. merely uttered: lc. no sooner said than --; -rûpa, a. of the form or kind mentioned; -vat, pp. act. √ vak; -vâkya, a. hvg. spoken.
udaktas udak-tás, udaktāt ad. from above; from the north; -patha, m. (way north), north country.
udriktacitta a. haughty; -ket as, a. high-minded.
upabhoktavya fp. to be en joyed.
upabhuktadhana a. having en joyed his wealth; m. N. of a merchant.
upayoktavya fp. to be enjoyed.
ktas ad. with regard to the rikverses.
guṇayukta pp. tied to a rope and endowed with virtues; -râga, m. delight in virtues; -vakana, m. n. adjective; -vat, a. furnished with a thread; having the elemental qualities; possessing good qualities, virtuous, excellent: -tâ, f. possession of virtues; -varman, m. N.; -vâkaka, a. expressing a quality; -sata-sâlin, a. possessing hundreds of virtues; -sabda, m. adjective; -samyukta, pp. endowed with good qualities; -samskâra, °ree;--, quality and preparation; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good qualities; -sâgara, m. a perfect ocean of virtues; -hâni, f. lack of virtues; -hîna, pp. devoid of virtues.
ghṛtākta pp. anointed with fat.
tikta pp. bitter; fragrant: -sâka, n. bitter or fragrant vegetable.
tyaktavya fp. to be abandoned; to be despaired of; to be sacrificed.
tyaktajīvita a. abandoning (= risking) one's life, brave; -½âtman, a. des pairing of himself.
dakṣiṇajānvakta pp. having the right knee bent.
divānaktam ad. by day and night; -nidrâ, f. sleeping by day; -nisam, ad. day and night.
durukta pp. spoken falsely, rashly, or offensively (n. word --); harshly addressed; n. false, rash, or offensive word; -ukti, f. harsh or offensive word; -ukkheda, a. hard to exterminate; -uttara, a. hard to overcome; -utsaha, a. hard to bear; -resist; -udâhara, a. hard to utter; -udvaha, a. hard to bear; -upakâra, a. hard to approach, dangerous to molest; hard to deal with; -upadishta, pp. badly instructed; -upadesa, m.bad advice; -upapâda, a. hard to bring about or manage; difficult to prove; -upalaksha, a. hard to perceive; -upasarpin, a. approaching incau tiously.
dvirukta pp. said twice, repeated; reduplicated; n. reduplication; -ukti, f. repetition, doubling.
nakta (f. in.) ad. by night.
naktabhojin a. eating only at night: (-i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -mâla, m. a tree.
naktaṃcara a. wandering at night; m. nocturnal animal; -goblin; î, f. night goblin; -karyâ, f. wandering by night; -kârin, a. wandering by night; -dina, n. sg. night and day: -m, ad. by night and by day.
nakta n. night; eating at night only (a penance): -m, ad. by night.
nityayukta pp. ever occupied in, constantly applied or attentive to (lc.); -yug, a. ever concentrated; -vyaya, a. always expending; -vrata, n. life-long observance; -sa&ndot;kita, pp. perpetually alarmed, constantly suspicious.
niyoktavya fp. to be applied or directed to; -commissioned or appointed to (lc.); -called to account.
niyukta pp. √ yug; m. public functionary, official; -yukti, f. appointment, employment (for, -artham); -yú-t, f. be stowal; series; team, steed, esp. of Vâyu: pl. verses, poem; -yuta, pp. √ yu;n. a certain large number, gnly. million; -yuddha, n. fight, esp. with fists.
nirukta pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.
paktavya fp. to be cooked or baked.
nyakta pp. √ añk; -½ãkna, pp. √ ak.
pāṅkta a. consisting of five parts, fivefold; composed in pa&ndot;kti metre.
punarukta pp. said over again, repeated; superfluous, useless: -m or °ree;--, ad. repeatedly; n. repetition, tautology: -tâ, f., -tva, n. repetition, tautology; -ukta-vad- âbhâsa, m. seeming tautology (rh.); -ukti, f. repetition; useless repetition, tautology; useless or empty word: -mat, a. tautological; -uktî-kri, render superfluous; -upagamana, n. return; -upasadana, n. repeated performance; -upâkarana, n. renewal of study; -upâgama, m. return.
pūrvokta pp. said or mentioned before, aforesaid; -½ukita, pp. accustomed in former days, known from of old; -½uttara, a. north-eastern (lc. in the north-east): du. preceding and following; -½utthâyin, a. aris ing first (in the morning); -½utthita, pp. having risen before (smoke); -½utpatti, a. arising before; -½utpanna, pp. having arisen before: -tva, n. priority; -½upakârin, a. having formerly done one a service; -½upa-nihita, pp. previously hidden away; -½upârg ita, pp. formerly acquired.
prativaktavya fp. to be replied to; to be given (answer); to be combated or disputed; to be contradicted (person); -vak ana, n. answer, reply, to (g. or --°ree;): î-kri, give as an answer, reply with (ac.); -vakas, n. answer; -vatsara, m. year; -vatsaram, ad. every year; -vaditavya, fp. to be com bated or disputed; -vanam, ad. in every forest; -vat, a. containing the word &open;prati;&close; -vanitâ, f. female rival; -varna, m. each caste: -m, ad. for every caste; -varnika, a. having a corresponding colour, similar; -var sha, °ree;-or -m, ad. every year; -vallabhâ, f. female rival, concubine; -vasati, ad. in or on every house; -vastu, n. corresponding thing, equivalent, compensation: -½upamâ, f. parallel simile (rh.); -vahni-pradakshi- nam, ad. at every circumambulation of the fire from left to right; -vâkya, n. answer; -vâk, f. yelling orbarking at (pl.); answer; -vâkita, n. answer; -vâta, m. wind blowing in front: -m, ad. against the wind; lc. to the leeward; -vâda, m. refusal, rejection; -vâd in, a. contradicting; refractory; m. oppo nent; defendant (in a lawsuit); -vârana, 1. a. warding off; n. keeping off; 2. hostile elephant; -vârttâ, f. news; -vârya, fp. to be warded off (--°ree;); -vâsaram, m. daily.
pratyukta pp. √ vak; n. answer: -tva, n. refutation; -½ukti, f. reply; -½uggîv ana, n. revival; resuscitation; -½uta, ad. on the contrary, rather, even; -½utkarsha, m. surpassing; -½úttabdhi, f.supporting, propping; -½uttambha, m.: -na, n. id.; -½ut tara, n. reply to an answer, rejoinder; an swer; -½uttarî-karana, n. making a reply, answer; -½uttarî-kri, answer; -½utthâna, n. rising up to meet (a guest), respectful recep tion; rising up against, hostility; -½uttheya, fp. to whom respect should be shown by rising; -½utpanna, pp. prompt, ready: -mati, a. possessed of presence of mind; m. Ready wit, N. of a fish; -½udadhi,ad. at the sea; -½udâharana, n. counter-example; -½udâ hârya, fp. to be given as a counter-example; -½udgati, f., -½udgama, m.: -na, n. going to meet, esp. as a mark of respect; -½udgaman îya, fp. suitable for the respectful reception of a guest; -½udyama, m. counter-weight, balance; -½udyamin, a. balancing; -½udyâ tri, m. assailant; -½udyâmín, a. rebellious; -½unnamana, n. rebounding.
prayoktavya fp. to be discharged (missile); -employed or applied; -repre sented (play); -pronounced or uttered; -yoktri, m. shooter (of missiles); performer, agent (of an action); undertaker orgiver of a sacrifice; procurer; employer, of (--°ree;); mime; speaker, reciter; composer, author, poet; lender of money: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.
prayukta pp. √ yug; (á)-yukti, f. impulse; employment; -yúg, (V.) f. (?) team; impulse, motive; gain; -yúta, n. million; (á)-yuti, (V.) f. absence (of mind); -yud dha, pp. √ yudh; n. contest, battle; -yúdh, a. attacking.
pravaktavya fp. to be propounded, imparted, or taught; -vaktri, m. one who tells, imparts, or says anything (--°ree;); good speaker; teacher, propounder; originator of a story: -tva, n. condition of an instructor; -vakana, n. speaking; propounding; reciting; instruction; expression, designation; pro pounded doctrine, holy treatise, sacred scrip tures, sp. the Brâhmanas: -patu, a. skilful in speech, eloquent; -vakanîya,fp. to be propounded.
prāktana a. (î) anterior, former, previous; ancient; -tanaya, m. former pu pil; -tarâm, ad. farther east; -tûla, a. having the tufts directed eastwards: -tâ, f. eastward direction (of sacrificial utensils);-pada, n. first member of a compound (gr.); -pravana, a. sloping towards the east.
prokta pp. (√ vak) declared, etc.: -kârin, a. doing what he is told.
bahuvaktavya fp. about which much can be said; -vakaná, n. plural; case and personal terminations of the plural; -vat, a. in the plural; -varna, a. many-coloured; -valkala, m.=Priyâla tree (Buchanania latifolia); -vâdín, a. talking much, loquacious; -vâra: -ka, m. a. small tree (Cordia Myxa): -phala, n. its fruit (=Selu); -vâram, ad. frequently, often; -vârshika, a. (î) many years old; lasting many years; -vâla, a. hairy, shaggy (tail); -vighna, a. attended with many difficulties; -víd, a. knowing much; -vidya, a. having much knowledge, learned; -vidha, a. of many sorts, manifold, various: -m, ad. variously, repeatedly; -vistara, m. great extension; a. wide-spread; manifold, various; very detailed; -vistâra, a. of wide extent; -vistîrna, pp. wide-spread; -vîrya, a. of great strength, very efficacious; -velam, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -vyâla nishevita, pp. infested by many beasts of prey; -vrîhi, m. (having much rice), possessive adjective compound: the last member is a substantive, the whole compound becoming an adjective qualifying another substantive and agreeing with it in gender; these possessives often become substantives to designate a species (a generic term being under stood) or an individual as a proper name (a specific term being understood): e.g. bahu vrîhih (sc. samâsah), m. a &open;much-rice&close; com pound; Brihadasvah, m. Many-horse (sc. man: cp. Gr. Philippos, horse-loving, and Engl. Great-head). The term bahuvrîhi being an instance is used to designate the whole class.
brāhmaṇokta pp. prescribed in a Brâhmana.
bhakta pp. (√ bhag) devoted, etc.; m. worshipper; n. food; meal: -kara, m. preparer of food, cook; -kkhanda, n. appetite; -tva, n. being a part of or belonging to (--°ree;); -da, -dâyaka, a.presenting food to (g.); -dâsa, m. one who serves in return for his daily food; -dvesha, m. aversion to food, lack of appetite; -dveshin, a. disliking food, lacking appetite; -pâtra, n. dish of food; -ruki, f. appetite; -rokana,a. stimulating appetite; -sarana, n. kitchen; -sâlâ, f. dining-hall; -½âkâ&ndot;kshâ, f. appetite; -½abhilâsha, m. id.; -½abhisâra, m. dining-room; -½aruki, f. aversion for food.
bhākta a. inferior, secondary; m. N. of a certain Saiva and Vaishnava sect.
bhukta pp. (√ bhug) eaten, etc.; n. eating; what is eaten, food; --°ree; a. having as one's food, subsisting on: -pîta, pp. having eaten and drunk; -bhoga, a. the use of which has been enjoyed, employed, utilized; -mâtra, a. just eaten: lc. immediately after eating; -vat, pp. act. having eaten (=finite vb.); -sesha, m. remnants of a meal; a. left from a meal; -supta, pp. sleeping after a meal.
bhoktavya fp. to be enjoyed or eaten; -used; -utilized or exploited; - ruled (earth); to be fed; n. imps. one should eat or dine; -tri, m. (f. trî), enjoyer, eater; user, possessor, experiencer (of pleasure or pain); ruler, king: -tva, n. enjoyment; per ception; possession.
maṅktavya fp. n. imps. one should enter the water (√ magg).
mantrokta pp. mentioned in a hymn; -½udaka, n. water consecrated with spells.
mukta pp. (√ muk) set free, released, from (in., ab.); loosened, detached, fallen or dropped down (fruit); relaxed, languid (limbs); loose (reins); quitted, left free (road), left bare (bank); just left by the sun (cardinal point); abandoned, given up; laid or cast aside (clothes); deposited (flowers); gone, vanished (esp. --°ree;, a.); shed (tears); uttered (sound); sent forth, emitted; thrown down, cast, discharged, hurled; applied (kick); having cast oneself down; delivered from sin or the bonds of existence, emancipated; destitute of (in. or --°ree;); m. N. of a cook.
muktāmukta pp. cast and not cast (said of a missile which can be used as a hand-weapon); -½ambara, m. Jain monk (=dig-ambara).
muktaka a. detached, independent; n. independent sloka (the meaning of which is complete in itself); simple prose (without compound words); -kantha, a. or -m, ad. with krand or rud, shout or cry (with relaxed throat=) at the top of one's voice; -kara, a. open-handed, liberal; -kesa, a. (â, î) having loose or dishevelled hair; -tâ, f., -tva, n. deliverance from the bonds of existence, final emancipation; -nidra, a.awakened; -bandh ana, a. released from bonds; -buddhi, a. having one's soul emancipated; -vasana, m. (having cast aside raiment), Jain monk (=dig-ambara); -sâpa, a. having a curse laid aside, released from a curse;-sikha, a. having the top-knot loosened, having the hair hanging down; -saisava, a. (having left childhood behind), grown up; -samsaya, a. free from doubt, undoubted; -sûryâ, a. f. with dis, quarter just quitted by the sun; -svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -hasta, a. open handed, bountiful, liberal.
moktavya fp. to be released; -re linquished or delivered up (pledge); -aban doned or given up; -remitted (interest); cast or discharged at (lc. or prati); -tri, m. discharger (of a debt).
yathokta pp. as said or stated, aforesaid, previously mentioned or discussed: °ree;-or -m, e-na, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; according to request; -½ukta kârin, a. acting as prescribedabove; -½ukta vâdin, a. reporting what he has been told (messenger); -½ukita, pp. suitable, fit, proper: °ree;-or -m, ad. becomingly, fitly, suita bly; -½uggitam, ad. according to the victory gained; -½uttara, a. following in succession: -m, ad. one after the other, in succession; -½utsâha, a. according to one's power: -m, ad. to the best of one's ability; -½udayam, ad. in proportion to income, according to one's means; -½udita, pp. as stated, before-mentioned: -m, ad.; -½udgamana, °ree;-ad. in rising proportion; -½uddishta, pp. as stated, enu merated above; as directed by (in.): -m, ad. in the manner stated; -½uddesam, ad. in the manner indicated; -½upagosham, ad. at pleasure, comfortably; -½upadishta, pp. as stated, previously indicated: -m, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; -½upadesam, ad. as stated or instructed, in accordance with precept orprescribed teaching; -½upa-pâdam, ad. just as or where it happens; -½upayoga, °ree;-or -m, ad. according to use, requirements, or circumstances; -½upalam bham, ad. however one lays hold of it; -½upâ dhi, ad.according to the conditions or pre mises; -½upta, pp. as sown, according to the seed; -½aukityam (or ât), in a suitable manner.
yuktaka n. little pair; -karman, a. acting suitably, adapted to the purpose; -kârin, -krit, a. doing what is fit, acting suitably; (á)-grâvan, a. having set the Soma stones in motion; -tva, n. employ ment (of, g.); occupation; fitness, appro priateness; -danda, a. inflicting punishment; punishing justly: -tâ, f. just infliction of pun ishment; (á)-manas, a. attentive-minded; -rûpa, a. suitable, fit, proper (w. g. or lc.): -m, ad.; -rûpaka, n. appropriate metaphor; (á)-vat, a. containing a form of the verb yug; -vâdin, a. speaking suitably; -sena, a. hav ing an army ready to march; -½artha, a. (having an adequate sense), sensible, signifi cant, rational.
yukta pp. (√ yug) yoked, to (lc.), with (in.); employed, occupied, engaged in, devoted to, intent on (lc. or --°ree;); applied; equipped, prepared, for (d., --°ree;); busied or occupied with (in.); absorbed in (lc.); con centrated, intent, attentive (cpv. -tara, very much on one's guard against: lc.; spv. -tama, supremely concentrated or intent); skilled, experienced, in (lc.); joined, united, combined, following in regular succession; furnished or endowed with, accompanied by, possessed of (in., --°ree;); being in conjunc tion with a constellation (in.); making use of (an opportunity, kâlena); come into connexion with (in.); connected with, re lating to (--°ree;); bound to, dependent on (--°ree;); fit, proper, becoming, for (g., lc.); right, cor rect; suitable to (--°ree;); auspicious, favourable (fate, moment); prosperous, thriving; faring or acting (thus, tathâ); primitive (opp. de rivative: gr.): °ree;-or -m, suitably, properly, duly, rightly; yuktam yad, it is suitable that --; na yuktam anayos tatra gantum, it is not suitable for them to go there; na yuktam bhavatâ, it is not seemly for you to (inf.); n. yoke, team; connexion, combina tion; fitness: in. yukténa, suitably; con formably to (reason, --°ree;).
yoktavya fp. to be employed or practised; -inflicted (punishment); -supplied or provided with (in.); -concentrated (mind); n. imps. one should prepare oneself for (lc.).
rakta pp. (√ rañg) coloured; red; nasalized (gr.); charming, lovely, sweet (voice); enraged; impassioned; passionately devoted to (anything, lc., --°ree;; any one, g., --°ree;); attached, fond; enamoured; charmed with (in.); n. blood: -ka, a. red; -kantha, a. sweet-voiced; m. cuckoo; N. of a fairy; -kadamba, m. red Kadamba tree; -kamal inî, f. group of red lotuses; -krishna, a. dark red; -kandana, n. red sandal; -kkha da, a. red-leaved; -kkhardi, f. vomiting blood; -ga, a. derived from the blood; -tara, cpv. greatly attached; -tâ, f. redness; nature of blood; -tva, n. redness; -dant, a. having red (=dirty) teeth; -nayana, a.red-eyed; -netra, a. id.; -pata, m. (wearing red rags), Buddhist monk: -vrata-vâhinî, f. Buddhist nun; -patî-kri, dress in red rags, turn into a Buddhist monk; -patta-maya, a. made of red cloth; -padma, n. red lotus; -pâda,m. red-footed bird; -pushpa, n. red flower; a. having red flowers; -phala, a. bearing red fruit; -bindu, m. drop of blood; -bhâva, a. enamoured; -mandala, a. having a red disc (moon); having loyal subjects: -tâ, f. abst.n.; -mukha, a. red-faced; m. N. of a monkey; -varna, m. red colour; colour of blood; a. red-coloured; -vâsas, a. wearing a red garment; -vâsin, a. id.; -syâma, a. dark red; -sâra, a. in whom blood predominates, of sanguine temperament.
riktaka a. empty; unloaded (man); -tâ, f. emptiness; -pâni, a. empty-handed, bringing no present; -hasta, a. id.; having received no present.
rikta pp. (√ rik) empty, void; bared (arm); indigent, poor; idle, worthless; hol lowed (hand); lacking, destitute of (--°ree;); w. dina or tithi, sixth, ninth, or fourteenth lunar day.
pṛkta pp. √ prik.
vaktavya fp. to be said, spoken; uttered, stated, or declared (w. g. or lc. of prs.); -spoken to or addressed (w. ac. of object); -blamed, reprehensible; responsible to, dependent on (g., --°ree;):vaktavyasya kâlah, time to speak; n. blame, censure: -tâ, f. censure; responsibility.
vibhakta pp. √ bhag; n. separa tion: -ga, m. son born after the partition of the patrimony; -tva, n. variety.
vimukta pp. √ muk: -kantha, °ree;-or -m, ad. (shout) at the top of one's voice, -tâ, f. loss of (g.), -maunam, ad. abandoning silence; -mukti, f. disjunction; setting at liberty; release, deliverance, from (ab., --°ree;); final emancipation; -mukha, a. having the face averted, turned backwards; turning away from any one (g.), departing disap pointed; averse to, abstaining from (ab., lc., g. w. upari, --°ree;); indifferent to (--°ree;); adverse (fate); --°ree;, lacking: -tâ, f. aversion to (lc., prati, --°ree;); -mukha-ya, den. P. render averse: pp. ita; -mukhî-karana, n. rendering averse to (--°ree;); -mukhî-kri, put to flight; turn any one away; render averse or indifferent to (ab., --°ree;); frustrate; -mukhî-bhâva, m. aversion; -mukhî-bhû, turn one's back, flee; turn away from (ab.): -mugdha, pp. √ muh: -tâ, f. foolishness, stupidity; -múk, f. (RV.) unyoking, alighting: vimuko napât, son of arrival, conductor (Pûshan); -mudrana, n. causing to expand.
virakta pp. (√ rañg) estranged etc.: -prakriti, a. whose principal officers are dis affected, -bhâva, a. disaffected; -rakti, f. indifference, to (lc., upari w. g., prati w. ac.); freedom from worldlyattachment: -mat, a. indifferent, to (lc.); accompanied with free dom from worldly attachment; -rakanâ, f. disposition, embellishment: alakânâm --, neatly arranged locks; -rakayitavya, fp. to be made or formed; -rakita, pp. cs. √ rak: â, f. N.; (ví)-raga, a. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig.); free from passion; -ragas, a. id.; m. N.; -ragas-ka, a. dustless; -ragas karana, n. freeing from dust, cleansing; -ragî kri, free from dust, cleanse; -rañka, -rañki, -rañkya, m. ep. of Brahman; -rata, pp. (√ ram) ceased etc.: -tva, n. cessation; -rata-prasa&ndot;ga, a. having ceased from en gaging in (lc.); -rati, f. cessation; end; desistence or abstention from, renunciation of (ab., lc., --°ree;); -ratha, a. deprived of one's car; -rathî-kri, deprive any one of his chariot; -rathî-bhû, be deprived of one's car; -rapsá, a. (&isharp;) exuberant (RV.); m. abundance (RV.); -rapsín,a. exuberant, vigorous (V.); -rama, m. cessation, abate ment; sunset; abstention from (--°ree;); -rama- na, n. cessation; abstention from (--°ree;).
vivikta pp. √ vik; n. solitude, lonely place; pureness: -tâ, f. distinction, discrimination; isolation; purity, -tva, n. solitude, -½âsana, a. sitting in a sequestered place; -viktî-kri, empty, clear; leave; -vik shu, des. a. [√ vis] wishing or about to enter; (ví)-viki, a. distinguishing, discriminating; -vit-sâ, des. f. [√ 1. vid] desire to know; -vit-su, des. a. wishing to know; -vid-i-shâ, des. f. desire to know; -vid-i-shu, des. a. wishing to know; -vidha, a. [having different kinds: vidhâ] of various sorts, manifold, divers: -m, ad. variously, -rupa-bhrit, a. having various forms, -sâstra-goshthî, f. discourse about various sciences; -vibhakti ka, a. lacking case-terminations.
vṛkta pp. √ vrig: (á)-barhis, a. hav ing plucked the sacrificial grass=prepared to receive the gods, sacrificing.
vedokta pp. mentioned, taught, or contained in the Veda; -½udita, pp. pre scribed by the Veda; -½upakarana, n. sup plementary treatise to the Veda.
vyakta pp. (√ añg) manifest, evident, distinct, clear: -m, ad. distinctly; certainly: -tâ, f. manifestness, perceptibility: -m gam, appear.
vaibhakta a. relating to a case-ter mination (vibhakti).
śakta pp. able etc.; m. N.
śākta a. belonging or relating to, de rived from, the Saktis of Siva; m. teacher (RV.1); worshipper of the Saktis of Siva (C.).
śukta pp. [fermented: √ suk] become sour; harsh, rough; n. sour liquor (produced by fermentation); sour rice gruel; harsh words: -(a)-ka, a. sour; n. sour eructation.
śaukta a. made of mother-of-pearl (sukti).
saṃyukta pp. √ yug: -samyoga, m. connexion with the connected (e. g. of a trace with a horse, whereby the locomotion of the vehicle is produced); -samavâya, m. inher ence in what is connected (one of the six kinds of perception in Nyâya; e. g. perception of the colour of a vessel); -samaveta-sama vâya, m. inherence in that which inheres in what is connected (e. g. perception of the possession of colour in general in a vessel of a particular colour).
saṃsakta pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.).
sakta pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. attachment to worldly objects; -tva, n. addiction to (--°ree;); -vaira, a. engaged in a feud with (in.).
samāsokta pp. concisely ex pressed; contained in a compound; -½ukti, f. concise mode of expression (a figure of speech in which the procedure of something else is attributed to the object in question owing to parallelism in action, gender, or attributes, e. g. &open;how can a wise man think of women till he has accomplished his ambi tion? the sun does not court the evening-glow till he has traversed the whole world&close;).
samakta pp. √ añk; -akna, pp. √ ak.
sikta pp. √ sik (-tâ, f. condition of being watered); -tí, f. effusion (V.); -tha, m. n. [√ sik] boiled rice; ball of boiled rice; beeswax.
surakta pp. well-affected; -raksh ita, pp. well-guarded; m. N.; -rakshin, m. good or trustworthy guardian.
kta pp. well-spoken or recited; n. V., C.: beautiful speech, good word, song of praise; C.: wise saying; Vedic hymn, hymn to (--°ree;); -½ukti, f. good or wise saying: -muktâ, f. pl. pearls of wise sayings.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"kta" has 91 results.
     
ktakṛt affix त in various senses, called by the name निष्ठा in Pāṇini's grammar along with the affix क्तवतू confer, compare क्तक्तवतू निष्ठा P.I.1.26.The various senses in which क्त is prescribed can be noticed below : (1) the general sense of something done in the past time as past passive voice.participle e. g. कृत:, भुक्तम् et cetera, and others: cf P. III.2.102; (2) the sense of the beginning of an activity when it is used actively: e. g. प्रकृतः कटं देवदत्तः, confer, compare P.III.2.102 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) the sense of activity of the present tense applied to roots marked with a mute ञ् as also to roots in the sense of desire, knowledge and worship; exempli gratia, for exampleमिन्नः, क्ष्विण्ण:, धृष्ट: as also राज्ञां मतः, राज्ञामिष्टः, राज्ञां बुद्धः; confer, compare P.III.2.187, 88; (4) the sense of mere verbal activity (भाव) e. g. हसितम् , सहितम् , जल्पितम् , (used always in the neuter gender); confer, compare P.III.3. 114: (5) the sense of benediction when the word ending in क्त is used as a technical term, exempli gratia, for example देवदत्तः in the sense of देवा एनं देयासुः. The kṛt affix क्तिन् is also used similarly exempli gratia, for example सातिः भूतिः मन्ति:; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.3.174.
aktadefinite, known or specified definitely. confer, compare अक्तपरिमाणानामर्थानां वाचका भवन्ति य एते संख्याशब्दाः परिमाणशब्दाश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.72.
atiriktasurplus, redundant: confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.IV.20; see Kaiyaṭa on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). V. 1.131.
ativyaktaquite distinct; used with respect to pronunciation नातिव्यक्तं न चाव्यक्तमेवं वर्णानुदीरयेत् confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII.8.
anuktanot actually stated or expressed in a rule; confer, compare चकारोऽनुक्तसमुच्चयार्थ: Kāś. on II.4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48; also confer, compare Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.II.2.9
anūktasaid afterwards, generally in imitation; confer, compare अनूक्तवान् अनूचानः । अनूक्तमित्येवान्यत्र M.Bh. on III.2.109.
anyayuktaconnected with the word अन्य; connected with another : e.g अन्यो गवां स्वामीति न ह्यत्र गावोन्ययुक्ताः । कस्तर्हि । स्वामी. M.Bh. on P.II.3.22.
apavṛktathat which has already happened or taken place; confer, compare न्याय्या त्वेषा भूतकालता । कुतः । आद्यपवर्गात् । आदि रत्रापवृक्तः । एष च नाम न्याय्यो भूतकालो यत्र किंचिदपवृक्तं दृश्यते M.Bh. on III.2.102
apṛktaliterally unmixed with any (letter); a technical term for an affix consisting of one phonetic element, id est, that is of a single letter. confer, compare अपृक्त एकाल्प्रत्ययः P. I.2.41.
aprayuktanot found in popular or current use, exempli gratia, for example the words ऊष, तेर, चक्र et cetera, and others यद्यप्यप्रयुक्ता अवश्यं दीर्घसत्त्रवल्लक्षणेनानुविधेयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, also यथालक्षणमप्रयुक्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.24
abhaktanot-forming an integral part of another; quite independent (used in connection with augments). confer, compare किं पुनरयं पूर्वान्त आहोस्वित् परादिराहोस्विद् अभक्ताः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1. 47, 1.1.51. एवं तर्ह्यभक्तः करिष्यते M. Bh on VI.1.71, VI.1.135, and VII.2.82.
araktasandhia word, the coalescence of which is not nasalized, as the word आ in मन्द्रमा वरेण्यम् as contrastcd with अभ्र आं अपः confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.18.
avyakta(1)indistinct; inarticulate; confer, compare अव्यक्तानुकरणस्यात इतौ P. VI.1.98 also P.V.4.57; अव्यक्तं अपरिस्फुटवर्णम् Kāś. on P. VI.1.98; (2) a fault of pronunciation confer, compare नातिव्यक्तं न चाव्यक्तमेवं वर्णानुदीरयेत् ।
avyapavṛktaunseparated, undivided, inseparable, mixed; confer, compare नाव्यपवृक्तस्य अवयवे तद्विधिः यथा द्रव्येषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva-sutra 4.V.9 whereon Kaiyaṭa remarks व्यपवृक्तं भेदः । अव्यपवृक्तं अभिन्नबुद्धिविषयमेकत्वालम्बनज्ञानग्राह्यं समुदायरूपम् ।
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uktapuṃskaa word with its meaning (in the neuter gender) unchanged when used in the masculine gender; generally an adjectival word; cf, Cāndra Vyāk. I.4.30.
ktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
kaṇṭhoktaformally mentioned; directly mentionedition
ktavatukṛt affix तवत् which also is called निष्ठा. It is prescribed in the active sense of somebody who has done a thing sometime in the past. A word ending in it is equivalent to the past active participle; exempli gratia, for example भुक्तवान् ब्राह्मणः cf P.I.1.26. The feminine. affix डीप् ( ई ) is added to nouns ending in क्तवतु to form feminine bases; confer, compare P.IV.1.6.
triruktarepeated thrice, occurring thrice; a term used in the PratiSakhya works in respect of a word which is repeated in the krama and other artificial recitations.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
niruktabhāṣyaa gloss on Yaska's Nirukta written by a modern scholar of grammar named Ugracarya in the eighteenth century A. D.
nairukta(1)obtained by derivation, etymological; (2) etymologist, writer of a Nirukta work.
punaruktaa passage which is repeated in the क्रमपाठ and the other Pāțhas or recitals; the word is also used in the sense of the conventional repetition of a word at the end of a chapter. The word पुनर्वचन is used also in the same sense; confer, compare यथोक्तं पुनरुक्तं त्रिपदप्रभृति त्रिपदप्रभृति । T.Pr.I.6l: confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.8 and 10.
pṛktaliterally mixedition The term is used in the Pratisakhya works in connection with the vowel ऋ or ऌ which is looked upon as a पृक्तस्वर being mixed with the consonant र् or ल्; confer, compare पृक्तस्वरो नाम ऋकारः ऌकारश्च रेफलकारसंपृक्तत्वात् commentary on T.Pr.XIII.16.
pratipadoktaexpressly stated as opposed to implied or suggested; confer, compare लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम्,. Par. Sek.Pari.105: confer, compare also विशेषेण प्रतिपादितं प्रतिपदोक्तं Puru. Pari. 3.
pravibhaktamade separate with their Component parts shown clearly: Split up into component parts in such a way that their meaning also is fully stated cf तद्धितसमासे ष्वेकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु च पूर्वे पूर्वे अपरं अपरं प्रविभज्य निर्घ्रूयात् । दण्डयः पुरुषः। दण्डमर्हतीति वा दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा । Nir.II.2.
prasaktaapplicable, but not actually applied; the word is used in connection with a grammatical ’rule or operation that has become applicable, but has not been applied; confer, compare उत्सर्गस्य प्रसक्तस्यापवादो वाधको भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3 32, also प्रसक्तस्यादर्शनं लोपसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). and S.K. on P.I.1. 60. The term प्रसक्त is opposed to the term अभिनिर्वृत्त.
proktapuṃskapossessed of the masculine gender
bhaktaforming a part or portion (of something in connection with which it has been prescribed as an augment) confer, compare तद्भक्तस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Vyadi Pari. 17; confer, compare also अामः सुडयं भक्त: अाम्ग्रहणेन ग्राहृष्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 1.33.
bhaktaltaddhita affix. affix भक्त applied to the words भौरिकि and others in the sense of 'a place of residence;' confer, compare P. IV. 2.54.
bhuktaliterally swallowed or eaten up; the term is used in connection with letters that are uttered imperfectly on account of the proximity of similar letters.
yukta(1)proper, appropriate, justified; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya and other grammar works; (2) the sense of the original base which is connected with the sense of the affix; confer, compare अथवा युक्तः प्रकृत्यर्थः प्रत्ययार्थेन संबद्धः, Ks. on P. I. 2.51 ; (3) connected with; confer, compare उकारश्चेतिकरणेन युक्त: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् P. I. 4.50.
yuktavatthe sense of the original base,the affix after which is dropped by means of the term लुप् as contrasted with the terms लोप and लुक् which are used in the same sense: confer, compare लुप्तवदिति निष्ठाप्रत्ययेन क्तवतुना प्रकृत्यर्थ उच्यते । स हि प्रत्ययार्थमात्मना युनक्ति ' KS. on P. I. 3.51.
yuktavadbhāvaliterally behaviour like the original base. The term is used in the sense of possession of, or getting, the same gender and number as was possessed by the base to which the taddhita affix. affix was added and subsequently dropped by a rule of Panini in which the word लुप् is put in the sense of dropping: e. g. कुरयः देश: or अङ्गाः देश: in the sense of कुरूणां or अङ्गानां निवासो जनपदः confer, compare जनपदे लुप् P. IV.3.81 and लुपि युक्तवद् व्यक्तिवचने P.I.2.51;confer, compare also M.Bh. on P. I. 2.51 and 52.
raktaliterally coloured id est, that iscoloured by nasalization: a term used by ancient grammarians for a nasaIized letter ( अनुनासिक ); cf रक्तसंज्ञो नुनासेकः R.Pr.r.17on which Uvvata comments :-अनुनासिको वणो . रक्त इत्युच्यते; also confer, compare अरक्तसंध्येत्यपवाद्यते पदं R. Pr, XI. 18, where unnasalized अा is stated as अरक्तसंधि and illustrated by the commentator by quoting the passage मन्द्रमावरेण्यम् as contrasted with अभ्र औ अषः ।
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
lakṣaṇapratipadoktaa short term used for the well-known Paribhāşā लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम् Par. Sek. Pari. I05, laying down that when a question arises as to which of the two words लक्षणोक्त (arrived at by certain changes or modifications) and प्रतिपदोक्त, (directly expressed) be accepted, the latter should be preferredition
vaktavyathat which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.
vebhaktabelonging to a case-affix; confer, compare क्राभ्यां सॊ वैभक्तः ( मूर्धन्यमापद्यते )। ऋक्षु। वणिक्षु । confer, compare also वैभक्तस्य णत्वे P. VI. 1.85 Varttika 6.
vyaktadistinctly perceived i e. perceived with reference to the individual referred to, which enables the speaker to apply the specific affixes in the sense of gender and number; cf, प्रातिपदिकं चाप्युपदिष्टुं सामान्यभूतेर्थे वर्तते | सामान्ये वर्तमानस्य व्यक्तिरुपजायते | व्यक्तस्य सतो लिङ्गसंख्याभ्यामन्वितस्य बाह्यनार्थेन यॊगॊ भवति । M.Bh. on P.I.1.57.
vyatiriktadistinct from, separate from, confer, compare कर्मादिभ्येान्य: प्रातिपदिकार्थव्यतिरिक्तः स्वस्वामिसंबन्धादिःशेष: | Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 3. 50.
vyapavṛktadistinctly separated as two or more consonants joined together in a conjunct consonant, as contrasted with the two vowels in a diphthong which cannot be called व्यपवृक्त; confer, compare नाव्यपवृक्तस्यावयवे तद्विधिर्यथा द्रव्येषु. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3.4 Vart. 9. confer, compare also वर्णैकदेशा: के वर्णग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते | ये व्यपवृक्ता अपि वर्णा भवन्ति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3,4 Vart. ll .
śaktaendowed with शक्ति i. e. the potentiality to express the sense; potent to show the particular Sense.
śrīkaṇoktaa grammarian who has written a small treatise on corrupt words or ungrammatical words, which is named अपशब्दखण्डन.
saṃpṛktacompletely mixed in such a way that one of the two or more letters mixed together can neither be distinguished as different, nor can be separated; confer, compare तद्यथा । क्षीरोदके संपृक्ते आमिश्रीभूतत्वान्न ज्ञायते कियत् क्षीरं कियदुदकम् । एवमिहापि न ज्ञायते कियदुदात्तं कियदनुदात्तम् l M.Bh. on P.I. 2.32.
saṃprayuktaused together with; cf ळहकारमेति स एव चास्य ढकारः सन्नूष्मणा संप्रयुक्तः R.. Pr. I. 22.
saṃyukta(!)closely connected; confer, compare गृहपतिना संयुक्ते ञ्यः P. IV. 4.90; (2) joint, conjoint; the term is used frequently in connection with two or more consonants in juxtaposition; confer, compare अननुस्वारसंयुक्तम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 15.
avyutpattipakṣathe view held generally by grammarians that all words are not necessarily susceptible to analysis or derivation, an alternative view opposed to the view of the etymologists or Nairuktas that every word is derivable; confer, compare पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम् Pari. Śekh. Pari. 22; वाचक उपादान: स्वरूपवानिति अव्युत्पत्तिपक्षे Vyāḍi's Saṁgraha.
asaffix अस mentioned in the Nirukta in the word अवस ( अव् + अस ) confer, compare असो नामकरणः । तस्मान्नावगृह्णन्ति NirI.17.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
aāgantukaliterally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.
aāgrāyaṇaan ancient scholar of Nirukta quoted by Yāska confer, compare अक्षि अष्टेः । अनक्तेरिति आग्रायणः Nirukta of Yāska.I.9.
aāstārapaṅkatia variety of पङ्कक्ति metre of 40 letters with 8 letters in the first and second quarters or pādas and 12 letters in the third and fourth quarters confer, compare अास्तारपङ्कक्तिरादितः R.Pr.XVI.40. For instances of आस्तारपङ्क्ति see Ṛgveda sūkta 2l, Mandala X.
ugrabhūtior उग्राचार्य writer of a gloss on the Nirukta, called Niruktabhāṣya believed to have lived in the 18th century A. D; writer also of a grammatical work Śiṣyahitāvṛtti or Śiṣyahitānyāsa, which was sent to kāshmir and made popular with a large sum of money spent upon it, by his pupil Ānanadpāla.
upajanaliterallyorigin; one that originates, augment, उपजायते असौ उपजन: । The word is used in the sense of 'additional phonetic element'; confer, compare उपजन आगमः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5; confer, compare also वर्णव्यत्ययापायोपजनविकारेष्वर्थदर्शनात् । Māheśvarasūtras. 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya gives स् in पुरुश्चन्द्र as an instance ofeminine. उपजन confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 37. In the Nirukta उपजन is given as the sense of the prefix 'उप'; confer, compare उपेत्युपजनम्: The commentary on the Nirukta explains the word उपजन as अाधिक्य.
upamanyu(1)the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a comm